US20120065747A1 - Database Event Driven Motion Systems - Google Patents

Database Event Driven Motion Systems Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20120065747A1
US20120065747A1 US13/232,877 US201113232877A US2012065747A1 US 20120065747 A1 US20120065747 A1 US 20120065747A1 US 201113232877 A US201113232877 A US 201113232877A US 2012065747 A1 US2012065747 A1 US 2012065747A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
data
command
component
xmc
event
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US13/232,877
Inventor
David W. Brown
Jay S. Clark
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Roy G Biv Corp
Original Assignee
Roy G Biv Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=46332328&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20120065747(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority claimed from US10/844,025 external-priority patent/US20060064503A1/en
Priority claimed from US10/991,905 external-priority patent/US20050132104A1/en
Priority claimed from US11/505,056 external-priority patent/US20070022194A1/en
Application filed by Roy G Biv Corp filed Critical Roy G Biv Corp
Priority to US13/232,877 priority Critical patent/US20120065747A1/en
Assigned to ROY-G-BIV CORPORATION reassignment ROY-G-BIV CORPORATION ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: BROWN, DAVID W., CLARK, JAY S.
Publication of US20120065747A1 publication Critical patent/US20120065747A1/en
Priority to US14/298,567 priority patent/US9588510B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05BCONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS
    • G05B19/00Programme-control systems
    • G05B19/02Programme-control systems electric
    • G05B19/18Numerical control [NC], i.e. automatically operating machines, in particular machine tools, e.g. in a manufacturing environment, so as to execute positioning, movement or co-ordinated operations by means of programme data in numerical form
    • G05B19/19Numerical control [NC], i.e. automatically operating machines, in particular machine tools, e.g. in a manufacturing environment, so as to execute positioning, movement or co-ordinated operations by means of programme data in numerical form characterised by positioning or contouring control systems, e.g. to control position from one programmed point to another or to control movement along a programmed continuous path
    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05BCONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS
    • G05B19/00Programme-control systems
    • G05B19/02Programme-control systems electric
    • G05B19/418Total factory control, i.e. centrally controlling a plurality of machines, e.g. direct or distributed numerical control [DNC], flexible manufacturing systems [FMS], integrated manufacturing systems [IMS], computer integrated manufacturing [CIM]
    • G05B19/4185Total factory control, i.e. centrally controlling a plurality of machines, e.g. direct or distributed numerical control [DNC], flexible manufacturing systems [FMS], integrated manufacturing systems [IMS], computer integrated manufacturing [CIM] characterised by the network communication
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L45/00Routing or path finding of packets in data switching networks
    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05BCONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS
    • G05B2219/00Program-control systems
    • G05B2219/30Nc systems
    • G05B2219/31From computer integrated manufacturing till monitoring
    • G05B2219/31234Host, router and backplane bus, communication with host or backplane
    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05BCONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS
    • G05B2219/00Program-control systems
    • G05B2219/30Nc systems
    • G05B2219/49Nc machine tool, till multiple
    • G05B2219/49202For point to point positioning
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02PCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
    • Y02P90/00Enabling technologies with a potential contribution to greenhouse gas [GHG] emissions mitigation
    • Y02P90/02Total factory control, e.g. smart factories, flexible manufacturing systems [FMS] or integrated manufacturing systems [IMS]

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to computer systems for collecting data from one or more disparate data sources and distributing the collected data to one or more disparate data destinations and distributing software commands from one or more command sources to one or more command targets.
  • the present invention is used in the context of collecting and distributing data and control commands in the context of motion control machines or devices.
  • the present application uses the term “routing” to refer to the process of both collecting data from data origins and distributing data to data destinations.
  • the terms “data” and “data items” are used herein to refer to numeric, binary, or string data generated in an analog or digital format. Data is typically generated by machines, devices, or the like forming part of a larger working environment.
  • the term “machine” as used herein refers to a physical asset used to perform a predetermined task.
  • device is typically applied to a machine with a relatively small footprint.
  • the data origin or origins thus may be formed by any machine or device (mobile or not) that stores data and which is either directly controlled by humans through a user interface or automatically controlled via a computer based system.
  • the present invention is of particular significance in the context of a working environment defined by a motion control system, and that application of the present invention will be described in detail below.
  • the present invention may have broader application to other working environments, however, and the scope of the present invention should be determined by the claims appended hereto and not the following detailed description.
  • Each motion control machine or device comprises a controller that generates and/or stores data indicative of the state of the machine or device at a particular point in time. Typically, some or all of this data changes because the state of the machine changes as the machine performs its individual task.
  • the data generated and/or stored by the motion control machines and/or devices of a motion control system can be used to optimize the performance of one or more of the individual machines as well as the entire motion control system.
  • the data destinations where the data is sent can thus take any one or more of a number of forms, including a database system, a plant floor process management system, software used to optimize overall production flow, other software systems, and/or another data routing system as described herein.
  • the collection and distribution of the data and control commands associated with individual motion control machines is, however, complicated by several factors.
  • the sheer volume of data can overwhelm the ability of the data destination to store and/or process the data collected.
  • the data origins and data destination may employ different, unique, or proprietary hardware and software systems that utilize different data acquisition commands, data formats, and data transmission protocols.
  • the present invention may be embodied as a data collection system for distributing data from at least one target asset to at least one software application, comprising a machine platform and a data routing system.
  • the machine platform stores data associated with the at least one target asset.
  • the data routing system collects data from the machine platform.
  • the data routing system operates in a pass through mode and a data processing mode. In the pass through mode, data is passed from the at least one target asset to the at least one software application without modification.
  • the data routing system In the data processing mode, the data routing system generates modified data based on the data stored by the machine platform and sends the modified data to the at least one software application.
  • FIG. 1 is a somewhat schematic block diagram of a data routing system of a first embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a somewhat schematic block diagram of a data routing system of a second embodiment of the present invention, where the data routing system has been optimized for use with a motion control system;
  • FIGS. 9-19 are examples of user interface configurations that may be used by the example data routing system of FIG. 2 ;
  • FIGS. 20 and 21 are highly schematic block diagrams depicting alternate relationships of data inputs, data outputs, and decision logic that may be used by the example data routing systems of FIGS. 1 and 2 ;
  • FIG. 22 is a module interaction map depicting the interaction of modules of a command processor system of a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIGS. 23-29 are use case maps illustrating common uses cases that occur during operation of the example command processing system of FIG. 22 ;
  • FIG. 30 is a module interaction map depicting the interaction of modules of a command processor system of a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIGS. 31-35 are use case maps illustrating common uses cases that occur during operation of the example command processing system of FIG. 30 ;
  • FIG. 36 depicts a component interface implemented by all components of the example command processing system of FIG. 30 ;
  • FIG. 37 is a module interaction map depicting interactions of an example data routing system of the present invention with a machine platform, server platform, event system, database client, and/or command processor;
  • FIG. 38 is a module interaction map depicting the process of initializing the data router database
  • FIG. 39 is a module interaction map depicting the process of initializing the protocol server
  • FIG. 40 is a module interaction map depicting the process of browsing for items on the protocol server
  • FIG. 41 is a module interaction map depicting the process of updating data
  • FIG. 42 is a module interaction map depicting the process of reading data.
  • FIG. 43 is a module interaction map depicting an alternative configuration of a data routing system that processes commands via the data router database.
  • FIG. 44 is a module interaction map depicting a single asset configuration of a data collection system of the present invention.
  • FIG. 45 is a module interaction map depicting a multi-asset connectivity configuration of a data collection system of the present invention.
  • FIG. 46 is a module interaction map depicting a multi-asset and multi-enterprise software connectivity configuration of a data collection system of the present invention.
  • FIG. 47 depicts the flow of data though the data collection system depicted in FIGS. 44-46 ;
  • FIG. 48 is a highly schematic block diagram depicting the data ‘pipe-line’
  • FIG. 49 depicts further details of an example data router collection
  • FIG. 50 depicts the components making up the example MOTION.NET software that may be used by the data collection systems of the present invention.
  • data and data items will be used herein to refer to numeric, binary, or string data values collected in an analog or digital format from a data origin 22 .
  • data types that represent data or data items as defined herein include ADDRESS, ARRAY, BIT, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, LONG, REAL, DOUBLE, FLOAT, BINARY BLOB, STRUCTURE, STRING, and ASCII STRING.
  • the data origins 22 are machines, devices, or the like forming part of a larger working environment.
  • the working environment is not a part of the present invention and thus will not be described herein beyond what is necessary for a complete understanding of the invention.
  • the terms “machine” as used herein refers to a physical asset used to perform a predetermined task.
  • the term “device” is typically applied to a machine with a relatively small footprint.
  • machines as defined herein include a CNC mill used to shape metal, a pick-n-place machine used to position parts on a circuit board, a robotic machine used to perform surgery, a medical data input device (i.e. blood glucose meter, asthma meter, etc), a gaming device, a robotic toy, an animatronics figure, a robotic machine used to deliver goods to a warehouse or to people, an automobile, a truck or farm vehicle, a boat or ship, an airplane, a jet, a helicopter, a spacecraft, and/or a hardware or software-based control system within a personal computer or even just a personal computer or hand-held computer itself.
  • the data origin or origins thus may be formed by any machine or device (mobile or not) that stores data and which is either directly controlled by humans through a user interface or automatically controlled via a computer based system.
  • the data collected by the data routing system 20 is delivered to one or more data destinations 24 .
  • the data destinations 24 can take on many forms and serve many functions, but a primary function of the data destinations 24 is to use the data collected from the machines in the working environment to optimize operation of the individual machines and the overall working environment.
  • the example data routing system 20 is a software system that comprises a data input module group 30 , an optional data cache module group 32 , and a data output module group 34 .
  • module refers to a binary block of computer logic that contains functions, objects, components, ActiveX components, .NET source, HTML, XML and/or other computer code that can be executed in real-time or in script form.
  • a module include an executable EXE, a dynamic link library DLL, an OLE component or set of components housed within a DLL or EXE, an ActiveX Control, an HTML or XML based Control, a VB script source file, a Java Serverlet, Java Control, Java Object, .NET Package, etc.
  • the data input module group 30 , data cache module group 32 , and data output module group 34 typically run on a processor forming part of a computer system, but may be configured to operate across several discrete processors forming part of one or more computer systems.
  • the data routing system 20 operates basically as follows.
  • the data input module group 30 communicates with one or more data origins 22 to obtain data indicative of a state or condition of the machine or device forming each of the data origins 22 .
  • the data cache module group 32 temporarily or persistently stores the data collected by the data input module group 30 .
  • the data output module group 34 determines the conditions under which data collected by the data input module group 30 stored in the data cache module group 32 is sent to one or more of the data destinations 24 .
  • the data output module group 34 optionally also determines the format in which data is sent to the data destination 24 and/or the method of transporting the data to the data destination 24 .
  • the example data input module group 30 comprises a data collection component 40 and one or more data source components 42 .
  • component refers to a logical organization of computer commands designed to perform an operation or set of operations. Examples of components include OLE components, ActiveX controls, HTML or XML based controls, HTML or XML based objects, .NET objects, C++ objects, C function set, Visual Basic objects, and the like. A component may operate on a single processor or may be distributed across a plurality of processors.
  • the data collection component 40 associates all of the data collected with the data origins 22 from which the data was collected.
  • the data collection component 40 may be connected directly to one or more of the data origins 22 or may be connected to one or more of the data origins 22 through the data source components 42 as shown. If the data collection component 40 is connected directly to a data origin 22 , the data collection component 40 and the data origin 22 must be pre-configured to work with each other, and the data collection component 40 is considered data origin independent, whereas the data source component 42 is considered data origin dependent. However, if the data collection component 40 communicates directly with a data origin 22 , it then becomes data origin dependent.
  • one or more data source components 42 are provided to allow the data collection component 40 to operate in a data origin independent manner.
  • the example data source components 42 are each associated with one or more of the data origins 22 .
  • the data source components 42 collect data from a particular data origin 22 or class of data origins 22 and pass this data to the data collection component 40 in a predetermined format.
  • the data source components 42 may run entirely on the same processor or processors as the data routing system 20 , entirely on a processor or processors associated with the data origin 22 , or on processors associated with both the data routing system 20 and the data origin 22 .
  • the use of the data source components 42 is preferred to isolate the data collection component 40 from the operational details of each of the data origins 22 .
  • the data input module group 30 may collect data from the data origins 22 by one or more of a number of methods.
  • the data source components 42 and/or data collection component 40 may read register values on the machine or device, read shared memory provided by the machine or device, send commands to the machine or device for which a data response is given containing the data requested, read variables provided by the machine or device, read and write to variables in a sequence necessary to produce data values, query data using a proprietary or standard data protocol, call a function provided by the machine or device, build and send a command based on a protocol used to communicate with the machine or device for which a data response is provided by the machine or device from which the data is extracted, and/or the like.
  • the optional data cache module group 32 comprises a data store component 50 and at least one data cache 52 .
  • the data collection component 40 passes data to the data store component 50 ; the data store component 50 stores this data in one or more of the data caches 52 .
  • the data caches 52 may be temporary or volatile memory devices such as RAM or may be permanent or persistent memory such as a hard drive or database system.
  • the data store component 50 further retrieves data from the appropriate data cache 52 as necessary. If the data cache module 32 is not used, data collected by the data collection component 40 is passed directly to the data output module group 34 in real time.
  • the data output module 34 comprises a data output component 60 .
  • the data output component 60 may receive data directly from the data collection component 40 .
  • the data output component 60 may direct the data store component 50 to read data stored in one or more of the data caches 52 and transfer the stored data to the data output component 60 .
  • the data output module group 34 further comprises one or more data transport components 62 .
  • Each of the data transport components 62 defines or is associated with a method or system of transporting data from the data output component 60 to one or more of the data destinations 24 .
  • the data output component 60 selects an appropriate one of the data transport components 62 for each data element based on the data destination 24 to which the data element is to be sent.
  • the data output module group 34 further comprises a data formatter component 64 .
  • the data formatter component 64 contains logic, templates, or the like for arranging data elements in a format appropriate for one or more of the data destinations 24 .
  • the data formatter component 64 allows the data destinations 24 to be implemented in a machine or device independent manner by obviating the need for the data destinations 24 to process data elements in the format generated by the data origins 22 .
  • the data output module group 34 further optionally comprises an inference engine component 66 . If used, the inference engine component 66 helps the data output component 60 to determine the data destination or destinations 24 where each data element is set. The inference engine component 66 may further assist the data output component 60 to make the determination of which data is to be output (if any) and/or which data transport component 62 to use and/or whether the data formatter component 64 is to be used.
  • the data routing system 20 of the present invention thus collects data from one or more data origins 22 and routes this data to one or more data destinations 24 .
  • the use of the data routing system 20 allows the data destination or destinations 24 to operate independent of the implementation details of the data origin or origins 22 .
  • the data routing system 20 can be configured to be independent of the data destination through the use of the data transport components 62 , and data formatter components 64 .
  • FIGS. 2-21 of the drawing depicted therein is a data routing system 120 of the present invention.
  • the example data routing system 120 operates in the same basic manner as the data routing system 20 described above but is optimized to operate in a working environment defined by a motion control system.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates that the data routing system 120 is a collection of modules or components used to collect machine data from the data origins 122 and then send some or all of the data collected to the data destinations 124 .
  • the data destinations 124 may be either a local data destination (for later replication to a remote data destination) or a remote site (either a remote data routing system or third party data destination).
  • the example motion system 122 as defined in U.S. Pat. No. 5,691,897, but other motion systems may be used instead or in addition. As will be described in further detail below, the motion system 122 defines or is associated with one or more application programming interfaces. The motion system 122 is not per se part of the present invention and will not be described herein beyond what is necessary for a complete understanding of the present invention.
  • the data destinations 124 may use the data delivered by the data routing system 20 for a variety of purposes.
  • a primary function of the data destinations 124 is to optimize and/or monitor the operation of the machines and/or devices forming the motion control system that the motion services 122 or other software used by the data sources 142 communicate with.
  • the data destinations 124 can thus take any one or more of a number of forms, including a database system, a plant floor process management system, software used to optimize overall production flow, or other software systems, and/or another data routing system as described herein.
  • the example data routing system 120 is connected to the data destination 124 through a network 126 .
  • the network 126 is a combination of hardware and software architectures that forms a link between two or more computer systems. Examples of network architectures include a packet based network, a streaming based network, broadcast based network, or peer-to-peer based network. Examples of networks that may be used as the network 126 include a TCP/IP network, the Internet, an Intranet, a wireless network using WiFi, a wireless network using radio waves and/or other light based signals, and the like.
  • the software components making up the example data routing system 120 may be organized into three module groups: a data input module group 130 , a data cache module group 132 , and a data output module group 134 .
  • the data input module group 130 , data cache module group 132 , and data output module group 134 typically run on a processor forming part of a computer system, but may be configured to operate across several discrete processors forming part of one or more computer systems connected by a computer network.
  • the data input module group 130 comprises a data collection component 140 and a plurality of data source components 142 a and 142 b .
  • the data cache module group 132 comprises a data store component 150 and one or more data cache components 152 .
  • the data output module group 134 comprises a data output component 160 , one or more data transport components 162 , a data formatter component 164 , and an inference engine component 166 .
  • the data collection component 140 is responsible for collecting data from the machine asset and routing all data collected to the data cache module group 132 .
  • the data collection component 140 is responsible for managing one or more data source components 142 for which data is collected and route the data collected to the data cache module group 132 .
  • the data source components 142 a and 142 b communicate with the motion system 122 .
  • Each data source communicates with the motion system using whatever means are available including to the use of application programming interfaces (API) 170 a , 170 b , and 170 c associated with the motion system 122 , using (API) provided by a motion system vendor, or using network or other communication protocols.
  • API application programming interfaces
  • the example data source component 142 a is configured to receive data from the API's 170 a and 170 b
  • the example data source component 142 b is configured to receive data from the API 170 c.
  • the example data collection component 40 manages one or more data source components 142 and is responsible for routing the data collected to the data store component 150 of the data cache module 132 .
  • each data collection component 140 may communicate directly to the motion system 122 without the need for an intermediary data source component 142 .
  • the use of the data source component 142 allows for code reuse as the data collection component 140 may then implement all common functionality, thus making each data source component 142 extremely thin and easy to build and maintain.
  • the use of each data source components 142 allows the data collection component 150 itself to be independent of each data origin with which each data source component 142 communicates to collect data.
  • Each data source component 142 is responsible for mapping the data collected from the data source (i.e. XMC API, XMC CNC API, Protocol Server, or proprietary data source) into the format expected by the data collection component 140 and ultimately the data store component 150 .
  • the main goal of the data source components 142 is to provide a consistent interface to the data origin 122 , thereby freeing the client from the details of the data origin 122 and allowing all data source components 142 to act and operate in the same manner from the perspective of the data collection component 140 .
  • the data cache module group 132 caches the data received so that it may later be analyzed or otherwise processed.
  • the data store component 150 manages one or more data caches 152 and is responsible for storing all data received and giving access to all data stored.
  • each data store component 150 could cache all data received directly without the need for an intermediary data cache 152 .
  • the use of the data cache or caches 152 allows for code reuse and also allows the data store component 150 to remain independent of any caching technologies used by each data cache component 152 .
  • the data store component 150 may then implement all common functionality, thus making each data cache module 132 also extremely thin and easy to build and maintain.
  • primary data cache and “secondary data cache” may be used to refer to one or more of the data caches 152 depending upon whether certain features of the data cache module 132 are implemented and/or used as will be discussed in detail below.
  • the suffix “a” is used in FIG. 2B to designate a primary data cache, and the suffix “b” is used to designate a secondary data cache.
  • Each data cache 152 stores data in a data target 172 such as a database on a hard drive, RAM memory, or another persistent or volatile storage medium.
  • data target is used herein to refer to any device or machine or location on a device or machine that can produce data as defined herein.
  • the main purpose of the data caches 152 is to provide a consistent interface to the data storage medium used so that the caches 152 appear to be the same to the user, thus freeing the client of any details handling various caching mechanisms.
  • the data output module group 134 is responsible for sending the data collected by the data input module group 30 and/or stored by the data cache module group 32 to the data destination 122 .
  • the data output component 160 manages the other components forming the data output module 34 , namely, the data transport components 162 , the data formatter component 164 , and the inference engine component 166 .
  • the data output component 160 is responsible for sending data to one or more data destinations 124 .
  • the data destination may be an enterprise data management system, an artificial intelligence system, a plant floor process management system, software used to optimize overall production flow, another data routing system such as the systems 20 and 120 described herein, and/or other software systems used to optimize and/or monitor how the overall factory operates based on how each machine making up the factory runs.
  • the inference engine component 166 is responsible for mapping the data elements received from the data input module group 130 or data cache module group 132 through the data output component 160 to the data destinations 124 to which the data elements are to be sent.
  • the data transport component 162 defines which data elements are to be sent to which data destination 124 .
  • the inference engine component 166 also optionally provides a set of rules and/or other criteria that are used to determine whether or not each output defined by the data transport component 162 should ‘fire’.
  • the inference engine component 166 may use one or more of the following logic systems: artificial intelligence systems, fuzzy logic algorithms, neural network pattern matching, genetic algorithms, expert system logic, and/or other computer based decision-making and/or pattern matching based systems, to determine when a given set of one or more data elements should be sent out.
  • an identity transform may be used which causes all data inputs received to be sent out as matching data outputs.
  • the data formatter component 164 is used to format all or portions of the data set to be transported to the data destinations 124 .
  • the data formatter component 164 may be used to format data output by the inference engine component 166 into a certain XML schema or other proprietary data format.
  • the data transport component 162 is responsible for sending the data to the ultimate data destination 124 , including an enterprise database, an enterprise software system, or even another data routing system such as the data routing system 120 .
  • a data manager 180 that allows the user to manage operation of the data routing system 120 .
  • the data manager 180 controls access to property pages exposed or generated by user-interface components associated with the components 140 , 150 , 160 , 162 , 164 , and 166 .
  • Property pages may also be exposed or generated by user interface components associated with the components 142 and 152 .
  • the example data routing system 120 comprises data collector property pages 182 , data store property pages 184 , data output property pages 190 , data transport property pages 192 , data formatter property pages 194 , and inference engine property pages 196 .
  • the property pages 182 , 184 , 190 , 192 , 194 , and 196 allow the user to initialize, configure, and control the components 140 , 150 , 160 , 162 , 164 , and 166 , respectively.
  • the property pages 182 , 184 , 190 , 192 , 194 , and 196 also refer to the user-interface components associated with these property pages.
  • the property pages 182 , 184 , 190 , 192 , 194 , and 196 and other interface elements are separated from the components 140 , 150 , 160 , 162 , 164 , and 166 in the system 120 to optimize the overall system flexibility and facilitate evolution toward new and future user interface technologies such as HTML based web user interface, SOAP/XML based interfaces, Microsoft .NET based interfaces, etc.
  • the components 140 , 150 , 160 , 162 , 164 , and 166 could directly expose property pages and other user-interface elements.
  • the system Before using the data routing system 120 , the system must first be initialized. During initialization, all components are started and configured with their initial settings. Initializing the system involves configuring the data routing system 120 so that it knows what data to collect, where to collect it from, how to process the data collected and where to send the processed data. Once initialized, the system is ready to begin collecting, storing and processing machine and/or device data.
  • the initialization process includes to levels.
  • the overall data routing system 120 must be configured by connecting one or more data collection components 140 data and one or more data output components 160 to the data store component 150 . Once connected, the components making up each of the data input module 130 , data output module 134 , and data cache module 132 groups must next be configured.
  • the data manager 180 is run to configure the overall system 120 .
  • the data manager 180 of the data routing system 120 next uses the data store property pages 184 paired with the data store component 150 .
  • the data store property pages 184 query the data store component 150 for all entries in the data output module group 134 category (or optionally queries for each entry directly using the OLE Component Categories) and displays each entry visually in the property page 184 .
  • the list of active data output components 160 associated with the selected data output module or systems 134 is sent back to the data store component 150 so that it may use the active components.
  • the data store component 150 could optionally query a separate ‘configuration’ component used to select the active data output modules 134 to use later when processing data to be output. Additionally, the activation of each active component 160 may optionally be activated programmatically instead of by the user.
  • the data store component 150 creates an instance of each activated data output component 160 so that the data store component 150 can send data update events to each upon receiving new cache data.
  • the data store property pages 184 query the data input module group 130 for a list of supported data collection components 140 .
  • the data store component 150 may query the data collection components 140 of the data input module group 130 and display each these data collection components 140 visually so that the user can activate all components 140 that are appropriate for collecting data.
  • the active list of one or more data collection components 140 is sent to the data store component 150 .
  • the data store component 150 could query a separate ‘configuration’ component used to select the active data output modules 134 to use later when processing data to be output.
  • the activation of each component may optionally be activated programmatically instead of by the user.
  • the data store component 150 creates an instance of each active data collection component 140 .
  • the main configuration task for the data collection component 140 is that of selecting the data source components 142 (and the data items supplied by each) from which data is to be collected. The process of configuring the components used by the systems 140 , 150 , and 160 will now be described with reference to FIG. 4 .
  • the data manager 180 is used to configure the data collection component 140 .
  • the data collector property pages 182 are used to configure the data collection component 140 .
  • all configuration may be done programmatically by another software module.
  • Each of the data collector property pages 182 queries the Data Source OLE Category of components to see what data source components 142 are available.
  • the data collection component 140 may be queried for the list of all data source components 142 available.
  • a visual list of available data source components 142 is next constructed, thus allowing the user to select which data source component or components 142 to use when collecting data.
  • the data collection component 140 could directly talk to the data source components 142 ; however such direct communication would reduce code reuse as the data collection component 140 allows each data source component 142 to be very thin, making these components 142 easy to build and maintain.
  • a list of active data source components 142 is passed to the data collection component 140 , which then creates an instance of each selected component.
  • each data source component 142 may use an associated property page (not shown) that allows the user to visually (or software to programmatically) configure and select the data inputs from which data is to be collected by each data source component 142 .
  • Each data collector component 140 may also define a set of data inputs that the user may configure and select; however this it not optimal as the data source components 142 allow each data collector component 140 to remain independent of how each data origin actually works; i.e. the data items they provide and how the data for each data item is actually collected.
  • the following steps take place when configuring the data cache module group 132 , which includes the data store component 150 thereof.
  • Configuring the data store component 150 requires the selecting of the data cache 152 to use.
  • caching data there are three main methods that may be employed: (1) cache all data to memory only; (2) cache all data to a persistent storage such as a database, or (3) a mixture where data is initially cached to memory and then ‘rolled-over’ into the persistent store at certain intervals or after a specified amount of data has been collected. All three models are utilized by the data cache module group 132 of the data routing system 120 , where only one method is necessary to build a picture of the overall state of the data origin at a given moment in time.
  • the data manager 180 of the data routing system 120 is used to configure the data store component 150 and associated components using the embedded data store property page 184 .
  • the data store component 150 can be configured to implement all user aspects that it needed to edit and otherwise allow the user interact with the data and configuration managed by the component.
  • separating the user interface from the component in a parallel component has several advantages that allow for easily adopting future user-interface based technologies such as HTML, Windows .NET, and thin client. For these reasons the user interface has optionally been separated from the main logic making up the data store component 150 . As generally described above, this same design organization is used throughout the entire system 120 by all components having an associated property page.
  • the data store property page 184 component queries the data store component 150 for the list of data cache components 152 that are available and displays the list visually.
  • the list of available components 152 may optionally be provided programmatically by a separate component used for configuration.
  • the data store property page 184 may directly query the Cache Category of components in the OLE Component Category.
  • the user visually selects the specific data cache components 152 to use and the specific caching strategy to employ (single caching or roll-over where data from one cache is rolled over to another cache based on certain criteria such as an interval of time, or a data cache data threshold being met).
  • the selected data cache components 152 and strategy selected by the user are transferred to the data store component 150 which then stores the settings.
  • Each data output component 160 and associated components act as a data output ‘pipeline’ where data follows a set of steps that determines what data will be output, what format that data will be output in, and where the data will be sent. Referring now to FIG. 6 of the drawing, depicted therein are the steps that take place when configuring the data output component 160 and its related components.
  • the data manager 180 is used to configure the various aspects of the data output component 160 and its associated components.
  • the data output property page 190 parallel component acquires the list of inference engine components 166 , data formatter components 164 , and data transport components 162 that are available. Once the list of data transport, data formatter, and inference engine components 162 , 164 , and 166 is acquired, a visual display of the list is created on the data output property page 190 so that the user can select one or more of the components 162 , 164 , and 166 from the list as appropriate for their application.
  • the data output property page 190 may either query the data output component 160 or directly query the OLE Category for each of the data transport component 162 , data formatter component 164 , and inference engine component 166 . If the data output component 160 is queried for the list of available components in each category, the data output component 160 in turn may then internally query a pre-configured list or the OLE components falling into each respective OLE Category for the data transport component 162 , data formatter component 164 , and inference engine component 166 .
  • the list of components to activate is sent to the data output component 160 , which stores the component information as its active components and then creates an instance of each component.
  • each data transport component 162 is queried for its list of supported outputs.
  • the list of supported data outputs is then passed to the inference engine component or components 166 selected.
  • the data output component 160 queries the data store component 150 for its list of supported data items, usually stored in the data cache components 152 and previously selected when configuring the data collection component 140 .
  • the list of supported input data items is then passed to the inference engine component or components 166 selected.
  • the user may optionally configure rules or other criteria used to determine when each output is ‘fired’ based on the input data received.
  • rules or other criteria used to determine when each output is ‘fired’ based on the input data received.
  • one or more of a set of Fuzzy Logic rules, a previously trained Neural Network pattern, a Genetic Algorithm fitness, Expert System logic, or other custom logic may be used to determine when certain outputs are sent through the data output pipeline to the data destination.
  • the data formatter component or components 164 may also be configured to output data in data formats supported by each data destination 124 .
  • a data formatter component 164 may be used to output data items received in a certain proprietary schema.
  • the data formatter component 164 would need to be configured so that it would know how to match the data items received to the proprietary schema. This step in the configuration process would allow the user, or another software program, to make this configuration.
  • the data transport component or components 162 would need to be configured so that they could properly send data received to the end data targets that it supported.
  • a data transport component 162 configured to use TCP/IP may need to have target TCP/IP addresses configured or TCP/IP ports configured telling the component 42 where to send the data.
  • FIGS. 7A and 7B depict the interactions that take place when collecting data.
  • each data source component 142 either polls for data or receives previously configured events from its data origination. For example, when using the motion system 124 or a Protocol Server as the data origin, events may be received telling the data source component 142 that new data is available.
  • the data source component 142 Upon receiving a data update event, the data source component 142 fires an event to its respective parent data collection component 140 .
  • the data collection component 140 Upon receiving its event, the data collection component 140 then fires an event to the data store component 150 .
  • the data store component 150 Upon receiving each data update event, the data store component 150 uses the active caching component or components 152 to store the data.
  • the data cache module 132 may employ a roll-over strategy in which data received is passed to one or more data cache modules 132 after a certain criteria is met such as in interval of time passing or a data caching threshold being met.
  • the data store component 150 After caching the data, the data store component 150 fires a data update event to any data output component or components 160 connected to the data store system 132 .
  • the data output component 160 may optionally query the data store component 150 for more data if needed to gain a full description of the current state of the machines forming the motion system 122 .
  • All data input information is then passed to the inference engine component 166 for processing.
  • the inference engine component 166 runs its preconfigured rule set against the data set received and produces the output (if any) that is eligible to be sent to the data destinations 124 .
  • the inference engine component 166 employs a dynamic model of the data, its internal model may alter itself based on the input data received. For example, an inference engine component 166 that uses a neural network may ‘learn’ from the data by changing the neural network's weights based on the data input values received.
  • the output data received from the inference engine component 166 is then sent to the data formatter component 164 .
  • the data formatter component 164 transforms the data received into the supported output data format and passes the new output data back to the data output component 160 .
  • the formatted data is then passed to the data transport component or components 162 to be transported or sent to the data destinations 124 .
  • a data formatter component 164 is not used, the raw data format output from the inference engine component 166 is used and passed directly to any active data transport component 162 .
  • the active data transport component or components 162 Upon receiving the output data, the active data transport component or components 162 send the data to their respective data destinations 124 .
  • a TCP/IP transport would packetize the data into TCP/IP packets and send the data stream to a preconfigured TCP/IP address/port.
  • a wireless transport may broadcast the data out on a pre-configured frequency.
  • the data manager 180 presents to the user a main window 220 ( FIG. 9 ) that is used to access the data property pages 182 , 184 , 190 , 192 , 194 , and 196 used to configure all settings of the data collection component 140 , data store component 150 , and data output component 160 forming up the system 120 .
  • the example main window 220 presented by the data manager 180 to configure each of the main components 140 , 150 , and 160 is shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the main page 220 of the data manager 180 acts as a control panel that allows the user to configure and monitor how data flows from each data source 122 to the eventual data destination 124 .
  • a “Configure” button 222 allows the user to configure the overall system 120 by building up the overall data transfer pipeline. This option is only available when running the application as an Administrator on the system.
  • a “Start” button 224 starts monitoring the data source components 142 and feeds the data received through the system 220 .
  • a “Stop” button 226 stops monitoring the data source components 142 and shuts down the entire monitoring process.
  • a “Monitoring” icon 230 visually displays whether or not monitoring is currently enabled.
  • a “Close” button 232 closes the monitoring application window but does not close the application. Since the application runs as a system tray application, you must exit the application by right clicking on the system tray icon.
  • a “Status” window 234 visually shows the overall configuration and status of the system including all nodes making up the data input module 130 , data store system 132 , and data output module 134 .
  • a configuration dialog window 240 that is associated with the data manager 180 .
  • the configuration dialog window allows a user to build the overall data routing system 120 .
  • the user interface elements making up the configuration dialog window 240 are as follows.
  • An “Add Data Collector . . . ” button 24 displays a dialog containing a list of all data collection components 140 available to the system. Once selected, the selected data collection components 140 are added to the system 120 . The data collection components 140 are connected to the data store component 150 so that data events are sent to the data store component 150 each time data items are received by each of the data collection components 140 from their respective various data source components 142 .
  • An “Add Data Output . . . ” button 244 displays a dialog containing a list of all data output modules 134 available to the system. Once selected, the data output modules 134 are added to the system. Each data output module 134 manages a data pipeline that may involve inference rules or other decision-making technology that tell when to fire each data output.
  • a “Delete” button 246 removes a module from the list of components making up the overall data routing system 120 .
  • a “Load” button 250 loads the components of a previously saved data routing system 120 from a persistent storage medium such as a file or database.
  • a “Save” button 252 saves the current data routing system 120 to a persistent storage medium such as a file or database.
  • a “Close” button 254 closes the configuration dialog.
  • a “Node” control 260 contains the current modules making up the data routing system 120 , including data collection components 140 , data store components 150 , and data output components 160 .
  • An “About” property page 262 displays information about the currently selected module in the node list.
  • a “Settings” property page 264 displays a property page corresponding to the currently selected node in the node list.
  • the property page allows the user to configure the settings specific to the node selected.
  • interface elements Examples of interface elements that may be used to implement the property pages 182 , 184 , 190 , 192 , 194 , and 196 , as well as other related property pages, will now be described with reference to FIGS. 11-18 .
  • the “Delete”, “Load”, “Save”, and “Close” interface elements depicted in FIGS. 11-18 apply to the “Node” Control on the left part of each figure (not shown) and will not be described in detail below.
  • the data collector property page 182 allows a user to configure the components, such as the data collection components 140 and/or data source components 142 , of the data input module group 130 .
  • a “Data Sources” list box 270 contains a list of all data source components 142 available to the system.
  • the list of available data source components 142 is acquired by either directly enumerating the Data Source OLE Category of components or by querying the data collection component 140 for all data source components 142 that it ‘knows’ about.
  • a “Select” button 272 adds the currently selected item in the list of data source components 142 to the currently selected data output module 134 in the main node list.
  • a “Target Scan Rate” edit field 274 allows the user to input a global scan rate that applies to all data source components 142 that may be controlled using a global scan rate.
  • a data source property page 280 is depicted in FIG. 12 .
  • the data source property page 280 allows the user to select the data items made available by each data source component 142 . The selected data items are then fed into the data store component 150 and eventually on into the selected inference engine component 166 . The following user-interface elements make up the data source property page 280 .
  • a “Data Items” list box 282 contains a list of all data items made available by each data source component 142 . The user must enable the data items that they want to monitor in their system. The list of available data items is acquired by browsing a particular data source component 142 .
  • a “Scan Rate” edit box 284 allows the user to enter the scan rate to use for this specific data source (which may be different from the global scan rate). If no scan rate is entered, the default global scan rate is used when appropriate.
  • a data store property page 290 depicted in FIG. 13 is used to configure the data store component 150 by selecting and configuring the data cache or caches 152 used and the specific caching strategies for each.
  • the following user-interface elements make up the data store property page 290 .
  • a “Data Caches” list box 292 contains a list of all data caches 152 available to the system 120 .
  • the list of available data caches 152 may be acquired either by directly enumerating the data cache OLE Category of components or by querying the data store component 150 for a list of active data caches 152 .
  • a “Select” button 294 adds the currently selected item in the “Data Caches” list box 290 to the currently selected data store component 150 in the master node list.
  • FIG. 14 depicted therein is a data cache property page 320 that allows the user to configure the specific caching strategy to be used by each data cache 152 .
  • the following user interface elements make up the data cache property page 320 .
  • An “Enable data roll-over” check-box 322 allows the user to enable/disable data roll-over.
  • data placed in a particular data cache 152 can roll-over into another, or secondary, data cache 152 upon meeting certain criteria specified by other of the user-interface elements forming the data cache property page 320 .
  • An “After reaching cache data threshold of” radio button 224 determines that roll-over occurs when a certain number of bytes are cached in the primary data cache, assuming that data cache roll-over is also enabled by check box 322 .
  • a caching threshold data field 324 a allows the user to specify the data cache threshold. After reaching the roll-over threshold level, all data currently in the primary data cache 152 a is copied to the secondary data cache 152 b.
  • An “After time interval of” radio button 326 when selected determines that roll-over occurs at specifically set time intervals, again assuming that data cache roll-over is enabled by check box 322 .
  • a time interval data field 326 a allows the user to specify the duration of the time interval. Upon the expiration of each time interval all data in the primary data cache 152 a is automatically copied over to the secondary data cache 152 b and then removed from the primary cache 152 a.
  • a “Roll-over to” list-box 328 contains a list of data caches that can be used as secondary caches 152 b .
  • the primary cache 152 a rolls data over to the secondary cache 152 b selected by pressing a “Select” button 328 a.
  • the data output property page 190 is used to configure the data output module 134 by selecting the data transport components 162 , data formatter component 164 , and inference engine component 166 that are to make up the data output pipeline.
  • the following user-interface elements make up the data output property page 190 .
  • An “Interface Engines” list-box 330 contains a list of all inference engine component or components 166 that are available to the system 120 .
  • a first “Select” button 330 a allows one or more of the inference engine components 166 to be selected.
  • each inference engine component 166 is responsible for mapping input values to output values and determining when each data element should actually be sent to the data destination 124 .
  • a “Data Formatters” list-box 332 contains a list of all data formatter components 164 that are available to the system 120 .
  • a second “Select” button 332 a allows one or more of the data formatter components 164 to be selected.
  • Each data formatter component 164 is responsible for transforming data input into another data format that is output as output data.
  • a “Data Transports” list-box 334 contains a list of all data transport components 162 that are available to the system 120 .
  • a third “Select” button 334 a allows one or more of the data transport components 162 to be selected.
  • Each data transport component 162 is responsible for sending the data received to the ultimate data destination 124 , such as an enterprise database, analysis system, another data routing system, or the like.
  • the inference engine property page 196 will now be described in further detail with reference to FIG. 16 .
  • the inference engine property page 196 is used to configure the settings defining how the inference engine component 166 actually works.
  • the inference engine component 166 maps inputs received to expected outputs defined by the data transport component 162 .
  • the inference engine component 166 optionally uses decision logic to determine whether or not each output should fire (i.e. be sent on to one or more data transport component 162 ) based on the inputs received.
  • the user interface elements making up the inference engine property page 196 are as follows.
  • An “Input Data Items” list-box 340 contains a list of all data inputs received from the data input module 130 via the data store component 150 .
  • An “Output Data Items” list-box 342 contains a list of all data outputs received from the data output module 134 via the data transport component 162 .
  • a “Rule Map” list-box 344 contains a list of rules that define how to map the received data inputs to the outputs.
  • the user drags items from the Input Data Items list box 340 into the inputs making up the rule-map as listed in the Rule Map list box 344 .
  • the rule-map associated with each of the items in the Input Data Items list box 344 defines when to fire output to each defined output.
  • An example data formatter property page 194 is depicted in FIG. 17 .
  • the data formatter property page 194 allows the user to configure how the final data output is actually formatted.
  • the example property page 194 depicted in FIG. 17 illustrate how to map data outputs into an XML schema.
  • the following user interface elements make up the data formatter property page 194 .
  • An “XML Schema Map” 350 control contains an editable XML Schema that allows a user to drag an output data item into different portions of the schema essentially ‘linking’ the data item to that portion of the XML schema.
  • the final XML data file is built by using the XML schema and then placing data from each output data item into the slots where they are linked into the XML schema.
  • An “Output Data Items List” list-box 352 contains a list of all data outputs available as defined by the data output module 134 via the data transport component or components 162 .
  • FIG. 18 Depicted in FIG. 18 is an example of a data transport property page 192 .
  • the data transport property page 192 allows the user to configure the specific settings of each data transport component 162 used to communicate with the data destination or destinations 124 .
  • the example property page 192 depicted in FIG. 18 is an example property page for a data transport component 162 that communicates across a TCP/IP based (wire-based or wireless) network.
  • the data transport property page employs the following user interface elements.
  • a “Target TCP/IP Address” 360 edit field allows the user to enter the target TCP/IP address of the machine or machines forming destinations where data is to be sent.
  • a “Target TCP/IP Port” edit field 362 allows the user to specify a set of one or more TCP/IP ports to use on the target TCP/IP address.
  • a “Use UDB Broadcasting” radio button 364 directs the transport to broadcast the output data using the UDP broadcasting protocol and ignore the target TCP/IP address as data will be sent to all machines forming data destinations 124 on the network 126 .
  • a “Use Peer-to-Peer Messaging” radio button 366 directs the transport to use a peer-to-peer messaging protocol such as the one used with Windows Instant Messenger, where data is sent immediately to the target machine forming the data destination 124 and may optionally be displayed in an Instant Messenger viewing application such as Windows Messenger.
  • a “Use Data Streaming” radio button 368 directs the transport to use a data streaming technology where the data outputs are streamed to the target(s) in a manner similar to that of a streaming music or video source.
  • the data outputs may also be interleaved into an existing music, video, or other data streaming data source.
  • a “Use Virtual Private Networking Tunneling” radio button 370 directs the transport to use a tunneling technology, where the data packets making up the output data are embedded within another packet type, optionally encrypted and secured, and then sent to the target over another protocol such as HTTP, or in this case the PPTP or L2TP protocol.
  • SOAP or XML messaging is another manner of tunneling where the data is placed within a SOAP or XML ‘envelope’ and then sent over to the output target using the SOAP or other XML messaging protocol.
  • a “Use SMTP E-Mail Format” radio button 372 directs the transport to package the output data sets into an e-mail format and sends it to the target. Further configuration may be required to actually setup a specific e-mail address for the recipient.
  • a “Use SNMP Format” radio button 374 directs the transport to use the SNMP transport to communicate with the output target.
  • An “Enable Data Encryption” check-box 380 enables data encryption such that the data is encrypted before transmission.
  • a “Use Kerberos Security” check-box 382 enables Kerberos security.
  • a “Use 128 bit Encryption” check-box 384 enables 128-bit encryption for the output data packets.
  • An “Enable Transmission Timeout” check-box 386 enables transmission time-out on each communication with the target.
  • the sender When enabled, the sender only waits for an amount of time specified in a data field 386 a for a response from the data destination 124 , after which response data received from the target is ignored.
  • the example data routing system 120 is a modular system made up of a set of components as generally described above.
  • each component is based on a component technology, such as OLE/COM technology defined by Microsoft Corporation.
  • each component uses a separate ‘parallel’ ActiveX component to implement all user interface aspects of the main component, also as generally described above.
  • Each ActiveX component may be implemented either within the main component module or separately in its own module. Bundling each object within one module is not required as they may be located at any location (i.e. across a network, and so forth), but doing so may optimize all communication between modules. How and where components are implemented is more of a logistical decision because, once components are built and deployed to the field, it is difficult to update a single component if all components are implemented within a single DLL or EXE module.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates that the components forming the data routing system conform to a single interface identified as the IXMCDirect interface.
  • OLE Categories are used to determine how many components fall into a certain group of components. Components used by the example data routing system 120 fall into the following categories:
  • the IXMCDirect interface depicted in FIG. 19 is used for most communications between components of the data routing system 120 .
  • the IXMCDirect interface is made up of the following functions, which are specified in standard OLE/COM IDL format.
  • the IXMCDirect::GetProperty method is used to query the property corresponding to the property name ‘pszPropName’. Each component defines the properties that it supports.
  • the following table summarizes the GetProperty method implemented by the example IXMCDirect interface:
  • the IXMCDirect::SetProperty method is used to set a property in the component corresponding to the ‘pszPropName’ property. For the set of properties supported by the component, see the specific component description.
  • the following table summarizes the SetProperty method implemented by the example IXMCDirect interface:
  • the IXMCDirect::InvokeMethod method is used to call a specific method implemented by the component. For more information on the methods supported, see the description of the specific component. The following table summarizes the InvokeMethod method implemented by the example IXMCDirect interface:
  • DWORD dwCount [optional] - number of XMC_PARAM_DATA elements in the rgData array. NOTE: if no parameters exist for the method called, a value of 0 (zero) must be passed in for this parameter.
  • LPXMC_PARAM_DATA rgData [optional] - namespace associated with the instance of the custom extension module added. Return HRESULT - NOERROR on success, or error code on Value failure.
  • the XMC_DE_BROWSE_GET_COUNT general method returns the number of data items in the browse set supported by the component and is described in the following table.
  • the XMC_DE_BROWSE_GET_ITEMS general method returns the number of data items in the browse set supported by the component and is described in the following table:
  • the XMC_DE_SYSTEM_CONNECT_CMPNT general method is used to connect one server to another so that they may interact with one another and is described in the following table:
  • rgData[0] - (number) DWORD type of component.
  • the type of component is a value that is server specific. For component type information, see the description for this method under each server's description.
  • rgData[1] - string LPTSTR, component class id as an ASCII string. Data Out None.
  • the XMC_DE_SYSTEM_DISCONNECT_CMPNT general method is used to disconnect one server from another so that they stop interacting with one another and is described in the following table:
  • rgData[0] - (number) DWORD type of component.
  • the type of component is a value that is server specific. For component type information, see the description for this method under each server's description.
  • rgData[1] - (string) LPTSTR component class id as an ASCII string. Data Out None.
  • the XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS general method is called by a client to process data where a data set is input, processed in some way by the server, and then the resulting data is returned as output.
  • the XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS method is described in the following table:
  • Index 8063 Data In rgData[0] - (number) DWORD, number of data items input. rgData[1 + n*2] - (string) LPCTSTR, name of the data item input. rgData[2 + n*2] - (number or string), value of the data item. Data Out rgData[0] - (number) DWORD, number of data items output. rgData[1 + n*2] - (string) LPCTSTR, name of the data item output. rgData[2 + n*2] - (number) value of the data item.
  • the XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS_CONFIGURE general method is used to configure what type of data is returned when processing a given data item. For example in the server may be configured to return the minimal amount of data on each read (i.e. just the data item value), or the server may be requested to return more substantial data.
  • the XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS_CONFIGURE method is described in the following table:
  • Index 8062 Data In rgData[0]—(number) DWORD, flag describing the type of data to be returned when processing data. The following flags are supported: XMC_DE_READ_DATA_FLAG_TIMESTAMP—requests that the time stamp recorded when processing the data is returned. NOTE: by default, the data item value is always returned. Data Out None.
  • the XMC_DE_DATA_READ general method is called by a client application to poll for data from the server and is defined in the following table:
  • the XMC_DE_DATA_READ_CONFIGURE general method is used to configure what type of data is returned when reading a given data item.
  • the server may be configured to return the minimal amount of data on each read (i.e. just the data item value) or the server may be requested to return more substantial data.
  • the following table defines the XMC_DE_DATA_READ_CONFIGURE method:
  • Index 8060 Data In rgData[0]—(number) DWORD, flag describing the type of data to be returned on each read. The following flags are supported: XMC_DE_READ_DATA_FLAG_TIMESTAMP— requests that the time stamp recorded when reading the data is returned. NOTE: by default, the data item value is always returned. Data Out None.
  • the XMC_DE_DATA_WRITE general method is used to write data to a server and is described in the following table:
  • Index 8064 Data In rgData[0]—(number) DWORD, number of data items. rgData[1 + n*2]—(string) LPCTSTR, name of the data item. rgData[2 + n*2]—(number or string), value of the data item. Data Out None.
  • the XMC_DE_EVENT_ENABLE general method enables/disables a previously subscribed data item in the subscription list maintained by the server. Only enabled subscriptions actually fire.
  • the XMC_DE_EVENT_ENABLE method is defined in the following table:
  • rgData[0] (number) DWORD, cookie (unique identifier) associated with the subscription. This value is returned to the client when calling the subscription XMCAPI above. NOTE: using a cookie value of zero (0) will enable/disable ALL items subscribed to the server.
  • rgData[1] (number) BOOL, TRUE to enable the subscription(s), FALSE to disable the subscription(s). Only enabled subscriptions actually fire events. Data Out None.
  • This XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA general method is called by the server (and implemented by the client) when each subscribed event fires and is described in the following table:
  • rgData[1] (number or string), data item value.
  • rgData[2] (OPTIONAL number) DWORD, data item time- stamp as a system time value.
  • rgData[3] (OPTIONAL string) LPSTR, data item ASCII text name.
  • rgData[4] (OPTIONAL number) DWORD, data item unique cookie. NOTE: Since the last three items are optional, only those items specified when configuring the data to receive are actually sent. If, for example, one or more data items are NOT requested, then the items are returned in slots shifted up toward rgData[1].
  • rgData[0] (number) DWORD, subscription cookie.
  • rgData[1] (number or string), data item value.
  • rgData[2] (string) LPSTR, data item name. Data Out None.
  • the XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA_CONFIGURE general method is used to configure what type of data is returned on each event that is fired. For example in the server may be configured to send the minimal amount of data on each event (i.e. subscription cookie and data item value), or the server may be requested to return more substantial data.
  • the XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA_CONFIGURE method is defined in the following table:
  • Index 8044 Data In rgData[0]—(number) DWORD, flag describing the type of data to be returned on each event. The following flags are supported: XMC_DE_EVENT_DATA_FLAG_TIMESTAMP—requests that the time stamp recorded when reading the data is returned. XMC_DE_EVENT_DATA_FLAG_NAME—requests that the data items ASCII text name be returned. XMC_DE_EVENT_DATA_FLAG_DATA_COOKIE—requests that the unique data item cookie corresponding to the read made for the data item be returned. NOTE: by default, the subscription cookie and data item value are always returned. Data Out None.
  • the XMC_DE_EVENT_SUBSCRIBE general method subscribes to a given data item activating the event interface when the subscription criteria are met for the data item. All subscribing components use the IXMCDirect interface to receive events received from the server for which they are subscribed.
  • the XMC_DE_EVENT_SUBSCRIBE method is described in the following table:
  • the XMC_DE_EVENT_UNSUBSCRIBE general method removes a previously subscribed data item from the subscription list maintained by the server and is defined in the following table:
  • the XMC_DE_SYSTEM_INITIALIZEHW general method is used to initialize any hardware systems associated with the component and is defined in the following table:
  • the XMC_DE_SYSTEM_SHUTDOWNHW general method is used to shutdown any hardware systems associated with the component and is defined by the following table:
  • the data collection component 140 implements the general methods described above as indicated in the following table:
  • the following component types are valid for the XMC_DE_SYSTEM_CONNECT_CMPNT method as implemented by the data collection component 140 : the XMC_DE_CMPNT_TYPE_XMCDSRC, which specifies a data source component 142 .
  • XMC_DE_SYSTEM_DISCONNECT_CMPNT method as implemented by the data collection component 140 : XMC_DE_CMPNT_TYPE_XMCDSRC, which specifies an data source component 142 .
  • the data source component 142 implements the general methods described above as indicated in the following table:
  • the data store component 150 implements the general methods described above as indicated in the following table:
  • the data store component 150 implements the general methods described above as indicated in the following table:
  • the data output component 160 implements the general methods described above as indicated in the following table:
  • the inference engine component 166 implements the general methods described above as indicated in the following table:
  • the data formatter component 164 implements the general methods described above as indicated in the following table:
  • the data transport component 162 implements the general methods described above as indicated in the following table:
  • All methods exposed by each component in the example data routing system 120 use a standard parameter set to describe data used to set and query properties as well as to invoke methods.
  • the standard parameters are in the following format:
  • Each element in the rgData array corresponds to a parameter, with the first element in the array corresponding to the first parameter.
  • the XMC_PARAM_DATA structure can contain either a numerical or a string value and is defined as follows:
  • the ‘adt’ member of the XMC_PARAM_DATA structure describes the data contained within the XMC_PARAM_DATA structure. The values are described below:
  • LNG_PARAM_DATATYPE Description LNG_ADT_NUMBER Use this value when passing a numerical value via the ‘adt’ member of the XMC_PARAM_DATA structure.
  • LNG_ADT_STAT_STRING Use this value when passing a static string value via the ‘psz’ member of the XMC_PARAM_DATA structure. Static strings do not need to be freed from memory.
  • LNG_ADT_MEM_STRING Use this value when passing a string value via the ‘psz’ member of the XMC_PARAM_DATA structure.
  • LNG_ADT_MEM_STRING denotes that the string must be freed from memory during cleanup.
  • LNG_ADT_NOP This value is used to ignore items within the XMC_PARAM_DATA array. When specifies, this parameter is not used.
  • any non-zero value is considered TRUE, whereas a zero value is considered FALSE.
  • the data routing system 120 is designed to collect data from one or more data origins 122 , perform some decision logic on the data collected, and then send the data to one or more data destinations 124 based on the outcome of the decision logic run on the data inputs.
  • data inputs may be data items describing the current state of a machine tool, automobile or other machine as shown in FIG. 20 .
  • the decision logic would then use these data inputs to determine the overall health or efficiency of the machine.
  • Data outputs would be used to describe the machine's health or efficiency.
  • This model thus operates as a data ‘router’, where data is routed from one or more input to one or more output based on the decision logic run on the inputs.
  • this model is used to ‘cook-down’ a wide array of data inputs that are very detailed in nature, to a more general set of data outputs that describe the overall performance, state or behavior of the machine.
  • this overall model can easily run in the reverse where the data input and output roles are reversed.
  • the inputs are general in nature and then decision logic is used to determine the specific detailed outputs necessary to carry out a given behavior or action or to enter a given state.
  • a general input to a machine tool may be something like ‘mill a pocket’ at a certain point.
  • the decision logic in turn would then figure out all of the necessary tools, feedrate, spindlerate and moves necessary to create the pocket on the part. Once determined, the decision logic would ‘output’ the values as a set of detailed output values such as the specific feedrate, the specific spindlerate and the move profile to use. Each output would then be sent directly to the machine controller hardware that actually ran the servo algorithms to move the tool and cut the part.
  • general inputs may be used to direct the path for which a car, airplane, ship or other mobile machine moved to a given destination.
  • a general set of instructions would make up the inputs such as follow road ‘x’ to intersection ‘y’, turn left at intersection ‘y’, drive to house ‘b’.
  • the decision logic in this example would then be used to determine how to drive along road ‘x’ (making sure to track the right hand side of the road by following the yellow or white lines painted on the road), decision logic would determine when the intersection sought had been reached, how to negotiate the turn and drive to house ‘b’.
  • the decision logic system would more than likely require additional, more detailed input from sensor systems.
  • Each output could then take a more detailed form such as the speed that the car or other mobile should drive, and the steering adjustments needed to track and follow the desired path on the selected road.
  • the present invention relates to systems and methods for processing various types of commands transmitted between one or more command sources and one or more command targets forming part of a larger command system.
  • the present invention is of particular significance when the command system is part of a motion control system, and that application will be referred to on occasion below.
  • the term “command” refers to information that allows an operation to be executed on a command target.
  • the present invention may be implemented using any one or more of a number of different system designs.
  • a self contained system 520 of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS. 22-29 .
  • the self contained system 520 describes a command processor component that implements all command processing functionality within a single component.
  • a modular design will be described with reference to FIGS. 30-35 .
  • the modular design describes a command processor system made up of the command processor component and one or more command execution components.
  • the example self contained and modular designs are described below with reference to a module interaction description and a set of use cases that describe how the modules interact with one another when carrying out common operations.
  • module is used to refer to a binary block of computer logic that contains functions, objects, components, ActiveX components, .NET source, HTML, XML and/or other computer code that can be executed in real-time or in script form.
  • a module include an executable EXE, a dynamic link library DLL, an OLE component or set of components housed within a DLL or EXE, an ActiveX Control, an HTML or XML based Control, a VB script source file, a Java Serverlet, Java Control, Java Object, .NET Package, etc.
  • component refers to a logical organization of computer logic designed to perform a set of operations.
  • a component are an OLE Component, an ActiveX Control, an HTML or XML based Control, an HTML or XML based object, a .NET object, a Visual Basic based object, etc.
  • the self contained system 520 comprises a command processor 522 implemented such that all command processing takes place within a single component.
  • the self contained system 520 may allow for faster command processing than command processing systems using alternative designs.
  • the command processor 522 is designed to run as an individual COM+Component either in a stand alone manner under COM+.
  • the command processor 522 may be designed to operate under a Windows NT Service application for providing motion services (e.g., XMC Service).
  • the command processor 522 may receive commands in various forms, including SOAP (simple object architecture protocol), Web Services, COM method calls, and by monitoring a section of shared memory for command requests.
  • SOAP simple object architecture protocol
  • Web Services e.g., COM method calls
  • COM method calls e.g., COM method calls, and by monitoring a section of shared memory for command requests.
  • Various other command input methods may also employed.
  • the example command processing system 520 comprises the command processor component 522 , one or more command source components 530 , and one or more command target components 532 .
  • the example command sources 530 are each associated with a service client 534 .
  • the example command processing system 520 further comprises a command service module 540 and a command service configuration and status module (configuration and status module) 542 . In some situations, the command processing system 520 may further comprise an event component 544 .
  • the example command processor 522 receives, runs, and responds to commands received through first and second areas 550 and 552 of shared memory in the system 520 .
  • the command processor may optionally run as a COM+ component that services SOAP or other Web Service requests directly or via COM+.
  • the command processor 522 may optionally communicate with the command target components 532 across a network, depending on the overall system architecture.
  • the term “network” refers to a link between two or more computer systems and may be in the form of a packet based network, a streaming based network, broadcast based network, or peer-to-peer based network.
  • Several network examples include a TCP/IP network, the Internet, an Intranet, a wireless network using WiFi, a wireless network using radio waves and/or other light based signals, etc.
  • the command processor 522 may employ command ‘framing’ to ensure that the commands are run as a set.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 6,480,896 to the present Applicant describes a system of command framing in the context of a motion control system.
  • the example service clients 534 are thin service components associated with specific clients or types of clients that interface with the shared memory used to communicate command requests to the command processor 522 .
  • Each service client 534 may also relay input to the command processor 522 by receiving commands via some other protocol such as TCP/IP, SOAP Messaging, or the like that is transferred either locally or across a network. Once received, the command is then converted into the appropriate shared memory format to direct the command processor 522 that a new command is ready for processing.
  • the service client 534 may communicate either locally or across a network using OLE/COM interface methods of the command processor 522 . This method is typically not as fast, but can allow for architectural flexibility.
  • the command sources 530 may be formed by an application programming interface for motion systems 530 a (e.g., XMC API), a system for processing data 530 b (e.g., XMC Data Router), and/or other clients 530 c.
  • XMC API application programming interface for motion systems 530 a
  • system for processing data 530 b e.g., XMC Data Router
  • other clients 530 c e.g., XMC Data Router
  • the command targets 532 are sets of components used to monitor devices or machines. Each of the command targets 532 may be created for particular device or machine or class of devices or machines.
  • the terms “device” or “machine” as used herein refer to a physical asset used to perform a specified task.
  • a machine may be a CNC Mill used to shape metal, a pick-n-place machine used to position parts on a circuit board, a robotic machine used to perform surgery, a medical data input device used to collect the vitals from a human being (i.e.
  • a gaming device used when playing a game a robotic toy, an animatronics figure, a robotic machine used to deliver goods to a warehouse or to people, an automobile, truck or farm vehicle, a boat or ship that maneuvers in water, a airplane, jet, helicopter and/or spacecraft.
  • a self powered machine or device mobile or not that is either directly controlled by humans or automatically controlled via a computer based system.
  • the command targets may be formed by a system of transmitting data to a motion system (data engine) 534 a (e.g., XMCDE Data Engine system), a system for automating control of a CNC motion system (CNC control system) 534 b (e.g., XMC CNC Automation system), and/or a system for automating control of a GMC motion system (GMC control system) 534 c (e.g., XMC GMC Automation system).
  • a motion system data engine
  • CNC control system CNC motion system
  • GMC control system GMC motion system
  • the configuration and status module 542 allows the user to configure the service and gain status on how the application is running.
  • the example command service module 542 is a very thin Windows NT Service that optionally hosts the command processor 522 , thereby allowing the command processor to run even while the current user is not logged into the system.
  • the event component 544 sends event data received from one of the data sources formed by the target components 532 to one or more ‘listening’ client components 534 associated with the command sources 530 .
  • data refers to any numeric or string data values collected from a target machine or device in an analog or digital format that is made compatible for computer systems. Examples of data types that represent data items include BIT, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, LONG, REAL, DOUBLE, FLOAT, STRING, ASCII STRING.
  • Data may be collected from data sources using various methods such as reading register values on the data source, reading shared memory provided by the data source, sending commands to the data source for which a data response is given containing the data requested, reading variables provided by the data source, reading and writing to variables in a sequence necessary to produce data values, querying data using a proprietary or standard data protocol, and/or calling a function provided by the target data source.
  • the example command processor 522 comprises several C++ objects and Windows NT threads that interact with one another to route the commands received to the appropriate target components that ultimately carry out the specifics of the command requested.
  • the example command processor 522 comprises a reception thread 560 and one or more command threads 562 .
  • the reception thread 560 is responsible for receiving commands placed in the shared memory 552 .
  • the reception thread 560 continually scans the shared memory 552 for new commands triggered by the use of global events.
  • the command threads 562 are of two types, where a first command thread 562 a processes commands associated with the data engine 534 a and the second command thread 562 b processes commands associated with the CNC motion system 534 b and the GMC motion system 534 c.
  • the reception thread 560 comprises a ConfigMgr object 570 , a DataMgr object 572 , and a QueueMgr object 574 .
  • the ConfigMgr object 570 accesses configuration information placed in the shared memory area 552 by the configuration and status module 542 .
  • the DataMgr 572 pulls commands from the memory area 550 shared with the service clients 534 .
  • the example QueueMgr object 574 manages one or more priority queues 576 servicing the command threads 562 .
  • the command threads 562 each comprise a StatusMgr object 580 , a QueueMgr object 582 , and a CommandMgr object 584 .
  • the StatusMgr object 580 is manages and updates the status area 552 of the shared memory used by the configuration and status module 542 .
  • the status information managed and updated by the StatusMgr object 580 may be displayed to provide a user with visual feedback on what the command threads 562 are actually doing at each point in time, as well as the number of elements in the command queues.
  • the CommandMgr object 584 carries out each command by calling the appropriate target components 532 .
  • command processor 522 The interaction of the objects, threads and components forming the command processor 522 will now be described in several common use cases.
  • the following use cases will be described below: Initialization, System Start, Command Processing (First Command Thread), Command Processing (Second Command Thread), Receiving Data, and Receiving Events. The steps making up each use case are described in the order in which they occur.
  • Initialization takes place when an application, such as the command services application 540 , first starts up and loads the command processor 522 . During this process each of the threads are started and all C++ objects are initialized.
  • step 1 the application hosting the command processor 522 , such as the XMC Windows NT Service or COM+ DLLHOST, starts up.
  • step 2 the host application creates the component forming the command processor 522 .
  • the component forming the command processor 522 creates and starts the reception thread 560 in step 3 .
  • step 4 ConfigMgr, DataMgr and QueueMgr objects 570 , 572 , and 574 used by the reception thread 560 are created and initialized.
  • step 5 the second command thread 562 b is created and started.
  • step 6 an instance of the StatusMgr object 580 b is created and initialized. Once created, this component 580 b may be used to update status information on the overall initialization process.
  • step 7 instances of the QueueMgr and CommandMgr objects 582 b and 584 b are created and initialized.
  • step 8 the CommandMgr object 584 b creates an instance of its associated target component 532 a.
  • step 9 the command thread or threads 562 are created and started.
  • step 10 an instance of the StatusMgr object 580 a is created and initialized, allowing status information on the initialization progress of the command thread 562 a to be set.
  • step 11 an instance of the CommandMgr and QueueMgr objects 582 a and 584 a used by the thread 562 a are created and initialized.
  • the CommandMgr creates an instance of the command targets 532 b and 532 c .
  • a multi-system configuration may optionally use separate threads to process CNC and GMC commands respectively.
  • the reception thread 560 places itself in the ‘paused’ state so that it will not process any commands until resumed.
  • the command processor 522 is initialized and ready to be started.
  • reception thread 560 must be resumed from its paused state prior to use of the system 520 . No commands are processed until the reception thread 560 is resumed.
  • step 1 the hosting command service application 540 calls a method on the command processor 522 component to ‘start’ the command processing.
  • step 2 upon receiving the ‘start’ call, the command processor 522 component resumes the reception thread 560 causing the DataMgr object 572 to first query for any configuration changes.
  • step 3 the DataMgr object 572 queries the ConfigMgr object 574 for any configuration changes such as a new priority for the reception thread 560 , etc.
  • the ConfigMgr object 570 queries the configuration shared memory for any settings. Once started as shown at step 4 , the DataMgr object 572 resumes normal operation and continually checks for new commands in the shared memory.
  • FIG. 25 depicted therein is the processing implemented by the second type of command thread 562 b .
  • all commands associated with the command target 532 a are processed are routed to the first command target 532 a .
  • Examples of the commands sent to the command target 532 a are ‘Start’ or ‘Pause’ and these commands will be referred to as first type commands.
  • step 1 the command source 530 b calls the service client 534 b requesting that a given first type command be run.
  • the service client 534 b requesting that a given first type command be run.
  • some commands may be initiated by the host itself, a user interface application, or even a protocol listener used to convert and route command requests using the service client 534 b.
  • step 2 the service client 534 b packages the command into an area within the shared memory area 550 specifically allocated for that instance of the service client 534 b .
  • the reception thread 560 is continually monitoring the shared memory 550 for new commands as shown in step 3 .
  • the DataMgr object 572 extracts the command information from the shared memory area 550 .
  • step 4 the DataMgr object 572 passes the command information to the QueueMgr object 574 .
  • the QueueMgr object 574 packages the command information into a queue command element and places the command in the priority queue 576 b .
  • the element may be placed at a location in the queue based on the element's priority so that high priority commands are processed sooner than low priority commands.
  • the QueueMgr object 574 implicitly receives the queued command (i.e. it is the same queue accessed in the reception thread 560 ) as shown in step 6 .
  • the CommandMgr object 584 b which continually checks for new commands to run in the command thread 562 b , detects a new command and pulls it from the QueueMgr object 582 b . And finally in step 8 , the CommandMgr object directs the command to the command target component 532 a , which carries out the requested command.
  • This type of command is known as a ‘broadcasted’ command, where the command is sent without sending back status on the results of the command carried out.
  • the first command thread 562 a operates in a manner similar to that of the second command thread 562 b , except that commands routed through the first command thread 562 a are routed to one of the command targets 532 b and 532 c instead of the command target 532 a.
  • step 1 the service client 530 calls the Service Thin Client requesting to run a given first type command. Again, some commands may be initiated by the host itself, a user interface application, or even a protocol listener used to convert and route command requests using the service client 534 .
  • step 2 the service client 534 a packages the command into the area within the shared memory area 550 specifically allocated for that instance of the service client 534 a.
  • the reception thread 560 is continually monitoring the shared memory for new commands as shown in step 3 .
  • the DataMgr object 572 extracts the command information from the shared memory.
  • the DataMgr object 572 passes the command information to the QueueMgr object 574 .
  • the QueueMgr object 574 packages the command information into a queue command element and places the command in the priority queue 576 a .
  • the element may be placed at a location in the queue based on the elements priority so that high priority commands are processed sooner than low priority commands.
  • the QueueMgr object 582 a implicitly receives the queued command (i.e. it is the same queue accessed in the reception thread 560 ).
  • the CommandMgr object 584 a which continually checks for new commands to run in the command thread 562 a , detects a new command and pulls it from the QueueMgr object 582 a.
  • the CommandMgr object 584 a directs the command to the command target component 532 b and/or 532 c which carries out the requested command.
  • This example command is known as a ‘broadcasted’ command where the command is sent without sending back status on the results of the command carried out.
  • While running the command processor 522 often it is important to display visual feedback on what the command processor 522 is actually doing. For example, the user may want to know whether the command processor 522 is currently processing a command or how many commands are in the various command queues. The use case illustrated in FIG. 27 illustrates how such user feedback can be attained while running the command processor 522 .
  • the StatusMgr objects 580 a and 580 b collect status information while each of the command threads 562 a and 562 b run. All status information is saved to the status/configuration shared memory area 552 .
  • each application requesting status information reads the shared memory area 552 where the status information was placed.
  • the service client 534 that requested a command be run will want or need feedback on the results of the command and in many cases data that results from running the command.
  • the use case depicted in FIG. 28 describes how feedback data may be returned to service clients 534 .
  • step 1 the service client 534 places the command into the shared memory area 550 . Included with the command information is the name of the global event for which the service client 534 is waiting and which should be set by the command processor 522 upon completion of the command.
  • step 2 upon receiving the command, the DataMgr object 572 extracts the command information from the shared memory area 550 , including the name of the global event.
  • step 3 all command information is passed to the QueueMgr object 574 .
  • the QueueMgr object 574 packages the command information into a command element that is then placed within the appropriate command priority queue 576 a and/or 576 b.
  • step 5 the CommandMgr objects 584 within the command threads 562 detect the command by querying the QueueMgr object 582 b .
  • step 6 the QueueMgr objects 582 return the command element or elements to the CommandMgr objects 584 .
  • step 7 the CommandMgr objects 584 run the command by delegating it to the appropriate command target 532 .
  • the CommandMgr objects 584 update the shared memory 552 referenced by the command element with the return result and any data returned by the command targets 532 .
  • the Command Mgr objects 584 set the global event referenced by the command element, notifying other components of the command processor 522 that execution of the command is complete.
  • step 8 the event that the service client 534 is waiting on is released, thus freeing the service client 534 to continue with the data placed in the shared memory area 552 back in step 7 . At this point the command processing for the command is complete.
  • FIG. 29 depicts the situation in which the service client 534 receives updates upon the occurrence of certain events.
  • the event component 544 is accessible by the command client 534 and the command target 532 .
  • the service client 534 calls a command source 530 to ‘subscribe’ to the event. Once subscribed, the event is fired to the service client 534 when the event condition is met. The following steps occur when events are sent back to the service client 534 .
  • a first step when the event condition is met, the component that is the source of the event fires the event using the event component 544 .
  • the event component 544 sends the ‘global’ event to all instances of the event component 544 .
  • the instance of the event component 544 used by the service client 534 picks up the event and calls an event handler on the service client 534 . At this point the event routing has completed.
  • the command processing system 620 comprises command processor 622 .
  • the command processing system 620 is more scaleable than the command processing system 520 described above in that it can support any type of command without requiring any changes within the command processor 622 .
  • the system 620 transfers commands between one or more command sources 630 and one or more command targets 632 .
  • Each command source 630 is associated with a service client 634 .
  • the system 620 further comprises a command services module 640 and a configuration and status module 642 .
  • the system 620 further defines shared memory areas 650 and 652 a , 652 b , and 652 c.
  • the command processor 622 routes each command received to an appropriate command execution component 660 designated to handle the type of command received.
  • each of the command execution components 660 may be given a global priority that dictates how and when the command processor 622 sends commands thereto.
  • FIG. 22 shows how three different types of commands associated with three types of command targets 632 a , 632 b , and 632 c may be supported.
  • the design is specifically intended to support many different kinds of commands, including commands not yet defined by the command implementer of the command processor 622 and/or commands defined by a third party.
  • the design of the command processing system 620 thus allows for supporting many different types of commands without requiring changes in the overall command processor 522 architecture.
  • Another advantage of the design of the command processing system 620 is that this design allows for the deployment of new command types to the field where the command processor 522 is already in use.
  • FIG. 31 is a slightly more detailed block diagram illustrating the command processor 622 and each command execution components 660 .
  • the service client 634 functions as an interface between a shared memory area 650 and is used to communicate command requests to the command processor 522 .
  • the service clients 634 may also be used to relay input to the command processor 522 by receiving command via some other protocol such as TCP/IP, SOAP Messaging, etc., that is transferred either locally or across a network. Once received, the command is then converted into the appropriate shared memory format to direct the command processor 522 that a new command is ready for processing.
  • the service client 634 may communicate either locally or across a network using the OLE/COM interface methods of the components forming the command processor 622 . This method is not as fast, but can allow for architectural flexibility.
  • the command processor component 622 receives and delegates each command to the appropriate command execution component 660 .
  • the command processor component 622 may also run optionally as a COM+ component that services SOAP or other Web Service requests, either directly or via COM+.
  • the command processor 622 may communicate with the command execution components 660 across a network.
  • Command execution components 660 are responsible for running the set of commands associated with the component. For example, individual command execution components 660 a , 660 b , and 660 c run commands that are destined for the target component 632 a , 632 b , and 632 c , respectively. Optionally each individual command execution component 660 may run as a COM+ component. Again, this may not optimize system speed, but can provide desirable architectural flexibility.
  • the command execution components 660 may support using Artificial Intelligence to break down generic commands into a set of more complex commands used to carry out a task.
  • artificial intelligence refers to algorithms such as Neural Networks, Genetic Algorithms, Fuzzy Logic, Expert Systems, combinations of all listed and other computer based decision making and pattern matching based systems. For example, a generic command may state to lift up a box. This command would then be broken down into the sequence of moves given the current position of a loader arm, necessary to pick up the box. The command execution component 660 may use Artificial Intelligence to do such a breakdown.
  • the command execution component 660 may do so either locally or across a network depending on the overall system architecture.
  • the command processor may employ a form of command ‘framing’ as generally described above.
  • the example command service component 640 is a very thin Windows NT Service that optionally hosts the command processor 622 thus allowing the command processor to run even while the current user is not logged into the system. It should be noted that future versions may not need this service as COM+ supports running components as a services. Since the command processor component 622 optionally supports COM+ it may also be run as a service in COM+.
  • the configuration and status module application 642 allows the user to configure the command processor 622 and various command execution components 660 and obtain status on how each component is running.
  • the command targets 632 are or may be similar to the command targets 532 described above, and the command targets 632 will not be described again herein beyond what is necessary for a complete understanding of the present invention.
  • the event component 544 sends event data received from one of the various command targets 632 to one or more ‘listening’ service clients 634 .
  • the example command processor 622 comprises several C++ objects and a Windows NT thread that interact with one another to route the commands received to the appropriate command execution component 660 .
  • the command process comprises a reception thread 670 that receives commands placed in the shared memory area 650 .
  • the thread 670 continually scans for new commands in the shared memory area 650 .
  • the new commands may be triggered by the use of global events.
  • a ConfigMgr object 672 pulls configuration information set in the shared memory area 650 by the configuration and status module 642 .
  • a DataMgr object 674 pulls commands stored by the service client 634 in the shared memory area 650 .
  • command execution components will now be described in further detail.
  • command execution component 660 several C++ objects and a Windows NT thread interact with one another to run the commands received.
  • Each command execution component 660 comprises a command thread 680 .
  • the command threads 680 process commands destined for the command target 632 that supports the command set associated with the command execution component 660 .
  • a QueueMgr object 682 is responsible for managing the various priority queues 684 servicing the command threads 662 .
  • a StatusMgr object 690 manages and updates the status area of the shared memory used by the configuration and status module 642 .
  • the status information updated is used to allow visual feedback on the state of the command threads 562 as well as the number of elements in the command queues 684 .
  • a CommandMgr object 692 carries out each command by calling the appropriate command targets 632 .
  • step 1 before actually starting the initialization of the component, the user may optionally change the configuration of the component using the configuration and status application 642 , which allows the user to configure the command processor 622 and/or all command execution components 660 .
  • the command target 632 (optionally a DLLHOST used when run as a COM+ server) creates the command processor component 622 and directs it to initialize itself.
  • the command processor 622 creates the reception thread 560 and runs it. Within the reception thread 560 the ConfigMgr is initialized at step 4 . At step 5 , the reception thread 560 initializes the DataMgr object 674 .
  • the DataMgr object 674 queries the ConfigMgr object 672 for settings previously made by the user. For example, the list of command execution components 660 installed is queried.
  • the DataMgr object 674 then creates each command execution component 660 .
  • each command execution component 660 creates its command thread 680 and starts running it at step 8 .
  • the StatusMgr, QueueMgr and CommandMgr objects are next initialized at step 9 .
  • the DataMgr object 674 within the reception thread 670 of the command processor 622 sends a command to the command execution component 660 directing the execution component 660 to initialize itself.
  • the initialization command is received by the QueueMgr object 692 in the command execution component 660 .
  • the QueueMgr object 692 immediately places the command received into the command queue 684 .
  • the CommandMgr object 694 queries the QueueMgr object 692 for any new commands and pulls the initialize command from the queue (previously placed in the queue in step 12 above).
  • the CommandMgr object 694 creates the appropriate command target 632 at step 14 , which runs the commands in the set associated with the specific command execution component 660 .
  • the command target 632 is also directed to initialize itself making it ready to process commands.
  • the CommandMgr 694 unlocks the Windows Event associated with the command signifying that the command has been completed.
  • the DataMgr object 674 detects that the command has been completed and prepares to run more commands as shown at step 15 .
  • the creation process in which the command processor 622 and command execution components 660 are created, and the initialization process may optionally be separated.
  • a specific command is first created and then a specific ‘initialize’ command is then sent to the command processor directing it to prepare for receiving commands.
  • the command processor 622 could block (wait until the initialization command completed) and then return the results of the initialization back to the configuration and status application 642 (or other host, such as DLLHOST, or a service client 634 using DLLHOST).
  • command processor 622 is running and ready to process commands from the service client or clients 534 .
  • step 1 the service client 634 software calls the service client 634 directing it to run a given command.
  • the service client 634 then places the command information into the shared memory area 650 designated by the command processor 622 for the specific instance of the service client 634 (this designation occurs when first creating the service client 634 ).
  • the service client 634 then waits for the command processor 622 to signal that the event has completed. This signaling occurs either through information passed through the shared memory or with a global synchronization object, like a Windows NT Event object.
  • step 3 the DataMgr object 674 of the reception thread 670 in the command processor 622 detects that a command is ready in the shared memory 650 .
  • the command information is extracted from the shared memory 650 .
  • step 4 the DataMgr object 674 sends the command information to the command execution component 660 .
  • the information Upon receiving the command information, the information is routed to the QueueMgr 692 which then places the command information into the command queue at step 5 .
  • the command information is placed into the queue 684 at a location specified by the command priority. For example, a high priority command may be placed at the beginning of the queue (i.e. pulled off the queue first) whereas a low priority command may be placed at the end of the queue (i.e. pulled off the queue last).
  • step 6 the CommandMgr 694 within the command thread 680 queries the QueueMgr 692 for any commands that may exist and, if one does exist, pulls the command from the front of the command queue 684 .
  • the command is then run at step 7 by passing the command to the command target 632 used to run the command.
  • the command target 632 used to run the command For example, second type command might be passed to the second command target 660 b.
  • the CommandMgr 694 copies all return data into the shared memory 650 and then either toggles information in the shared memory 650 associated with the command or signals a synchronization object, such as a Windows NT Event, to signify that the command has completed.
  • a synchronization object such as a Windows NT Event
  • step 9 the service client 634 detects that the command has completed and picks up any return data placed in the shared memory 650 and returns it to the command source 530 .
  • the command target 632 fires the event using the event component 644 as shown in step 1 .
  • the event component 644 fires the event to all listening components including other instances of the event component 644 .
  • the instance of the event component 644 used by the service client 634 picks up the event and routes it to the service client 634 .
  • the service client 634 then routes the event information to the command source 630 .
  • step 1 during each loop within each command execution component 660 status information is continuously updated using the StatusMgr object 690 .
  • the number of commands in the command queue 684 may be set in the status shared memory 652 .
  • the configuration and status module 642 is then able to pick up the information from the shared memory and display it to the user, thus notifying the user of the status of each command execution module 660 (and optionally command processor 622 ) components.
  • a separate thread may be used to monitor status information so as to not slow down or otherwise interfere with the command thread.
  • the example command processor 622 is a modular system made up of a set of components (i.e. each component is based on a component technology such as OLE/COM from Microsoft Corporation).
  • each component uses a separate ‘parallel’ ActiveX component to implement all user interface aspects of the main component.
  • Each ActiveX component may be implemented either within the main component module or separately in its own module. Bundling each object within one module is not required as the objects may be located at any location (i.e. across a network, and so forth), but doing so may optimize communication between modules.
  • the exact location of the components in any given implementation of the present invention is merely a logistical decision. Once components are built and deployed, it is difficult to update a single component if all components are implemented within a single DLL or EXE module.
  • the example components forming the command processor 622 implement, at a minimum, a single interface: the IXMCDirect interface.
  • components that receive events from other components can implement the IXMCDirectSink interface as well.
  • OLE Categories are used to determine how many components fall into a certain group of components. Currently the following categories are used:
  • the IXMCDirect interface is used for most communications between all components making up the command processor 622 Technology.
  • the following methods make up this interface (as specified in the standard OLE/COM IDL format):
  • This method is used to query the property corresponding to the property name ‘pszPropName’.
  • Each component defines the properties that it supports.
  • This method is used to set a property in the component corresponding to the ‘pszPropName’ property. For the set of properties supported by the component, see the specific component description.
  • DWORD dwCount [optional] - number of XMC_PARAM_DATA elements in the rgData array. NOTE: if no parameters exist for the method called, a value of 0 (zero) must be passed in for this parameter.
  • LPXMC_PARAM_DATA rgData [optional] - namespace associated with the instance of the custom extension module added. Return HRESULT - NOERROR on success, or error code on Value failure.
  • This method is used to call a specific method implemented by the component. For more information on the methods supported, see the description of the specific component.
  • the IXMCDirectSink interface is an event reception point on which one component can send event data to another.
  • the component implementing this interface is the event receiver.
  • the event source calls the interface passing to it event data.
  • the IXMCDirectSink interface is made up of the following functions.
  • This array has the following entries: rgData[0] LONG IConnectionCookie - unique cookie associated with this connection to the XMC Motion Server (returned when calling the InitializeHardware method on the XMC Motion Server). rgData[1] DWORD dwSubscriptionCookie - unique cookie associated with the subscription for which this event has fired. This cookie is returned when making the subscription. rgData[2] DWORD dwDataCookie - unique cookie associated with the specific data change that triggered the event. This cookie is generated within the XMC Motion Server. rgData[3] LPCTSTR pszItemName - name of the item or variable for which the subscription is associated.
  • This method is called by the event source and passed the event data in a SAFEARRAY form for easy marshalling across process boundaries.
  • This array has the following entries: rgData[0] LONG IConnectionCookie - unique cookie associated with this connection to the XMC Motion Server (returned when calling the InitializeHardware method on the XMC Motion Server). rgData[1] DWORD dwSubscriptionCookie - unique cookie associated with the subscription for which this event has fired. This cookie is returned when making the subscription. rgData[2] DWORD dwDataCookie - unique cookie associated with the specific data change that triggered the event. This cookie is generated within the XMC Motion Server. rgData[3] LPCTSTR pszItemName - name of the item or variable for which the subscription is associated.
  • This method is called by the event source when an error occurs and passed the event error data in a SAFEARRAY form for easy marshalling across process boundaries.
  • rgData[0] - (number) DWORD type of component.
  • the type of component is a value that is server specific. For component type information, see the description for this method under each server's description.
  • rgData[1] - (string) LPTSTR component class id as an ASCII string. Data Out None.
  • This method is used to connect one server to another so that they may interact with one another.
  • rgData[0] - (number) DWORD type of component.
  • the type of component is a value that is server specific. For component type information, see the description for this method under each server's description.
  • rgData[1] - (string) LPTSTR component class id as an ASCII string. Data Out None.
  • This method is used to disconnect one server to another so that they stop interacting with one another.
  • This method is called to start the command processor technology making it ready to process commands.
  • This method is used to configure what type of data is returned when processing a given data item.
  • the server may be configured to return the minimal amount of data on each read (i.e. just the data item value), or the server may be requested to return more substantial data.
  • This method is called to shut-down the command processor.
  • rgData[0] - (number) DWORD cookie (unique identifier) associated with the subscription. This value is returned to the service client 34 when calling the subscription COMMAND SOURCE #1 above. NOTE: using a cookie value of zero (0) will enable/disable ALL items subscribed to the server.
  • rgData[1] - (number) BOOL TRUE to enable the subscription(s), FALSE to disable the subscription(s). Only enabled subscriptions actually fire events. Data Out None.
  • This method enables/disables a previously subscribed data item in the subscription list maintained by the server. Only enabled subscriptions actually fire.
  • rgData[1] - (number or string) data item value.
  • rgData[2] - (OPTIONAL number) DWORD data item time- stamp as a system time value.
  • rgData[3] - (OPTIONAL string) LPSTR data item ASCII text name.
  • rgData[4] - (OPTIONAL number) DWORD data item unique cookie.
  • rgData[0] - (number) DWORD subscription cookie.
  • rgData[1] - (number or string) data item value.
  • rgData[2] - (string) LPSTR data item name. Data Out None.
  • This method is called by the server (and implemented by the service client 534 ) when each subscribed event fires.
  • Index 8044 Data In rgData[0] - (number) DWORD, flag describing the type of data to be returned on each event. The following flags are supported: XMC_DE_EVENT_DATA_FLAG_TIMESTAMP - requests that the time stamp recorded when reading the data is returned. XMC_DE_EVENT_DATA_FLAG_NAME - requests that the data items ASCII text name be returned. XMC_DE_EVENT_DATA_FLAG_DATA_COOKIE - requests that the unique data item cookie corresponding to the read made for the data item be returned. NOTE: by default, the subscription cookie and data item value are always returned. Data Out None.
  • This method is used to configure what type of data is returned on each event that is fired.
  • the server may be configured to send the minimal amount of data on each event (i.e. subscription cookie and data item value), or the server may be requested to return more substantial data.
  • Index 2890 Data In rgData[0] - (number) DWORD flags describing the initial state of the subscription. The following flags are supported: XMC_DE_EVENT_FLAG_ENABLED - subscription is immediately enabled upon subscription. XMC_DE_EVENT_FLAG_DISABLED - subscription is disabled upon making the subscription. The Enable function must be called to enable the subscription.
  • rgData[1] - (number) DWORD number of subscription criteria rules.
  • rgData[2 + (2 * n)] - (number) DWORD event condition type where the following types are supported: XMC_CNC_EVENTCONDITION_DATA_CHANGE - any data changes in the data type above will trigger the event.
  • This method subscribes to a given data item activating the event interface when the subscription criteria are met for the data item.
  • all unsubscribing components must use the IXMCDirect interface to receive events received from the server for which they are subscribed.
  • This method removes a previously subscribed data item from the subscription list maintained by the server.
  • This method is used to initialize any hardware systems associated with the component.
  • This method is used to shut down any hardware systems associated with the component.
  • the command processor component 622 implements the following general methods listed above.
  • the command execution components 660 implement the following general methods listed in the general component methods section above.
  • Each element in the rgData array corresponds to a parameter, with the first element in the array corresponding to the first parameter.
  • the XMC_PARAM_DATA structure can contain either a numerical or a string value and is defined as follows:
  • the ‘adt’ member of the XMC_PARAM_DATA structure describes the data contained within the XMC_PARAM_DATA structure. The values are described below:
  • LNG_PARAM_DATATYPE Description LNG_ADT_NUMBER Use this value when passing a numerical value via the ‘adt’ member of the XMC_PARAM_DATA structure.
  • LNG_ADT_STAT_STRING Use this value when passing a static string value via the ‘psz’ member of the XMC_PARAM_DATA structure. Static strings do not need to be freed from memory.
  • LNG_ADT_MEM_STRING Use this value when passing a string value via the ‘psz’ member of the XMC_PARAM_DATA structure.
  • LNG_ADT_MEM_STRING denotes that the string must be freed from memory during cleanup.
  • LNG_ADT_NOP This value is used to ignore items within the XMC_PARAM_DATA array. When specifies, this parameter is not used.
  • any non-zero value is considered TRUE, whereas a zero value is considered FALSE.
  • the command processor 622 of the present invention may be used on more than just motion based devices and machines, although the present invention is of particular significance in that environment.
  • the principles of the present invention may also be used to send commands to medical devices where each command directs the medical device to carry out a set of operations. It may also be used to send commands to farming equipment, heavy machinery such as tractors, excavators, bulldozers, cranes, semi-trucks, automobiles, drilling equipment, water craft such as submersibles, boats and ships, airplanes (including jets), spacecraft, satellites, and any other kind of mobile device or machine that moves on land, water or within the air or space.
  • the technology implemented by the present invention may be used to send commands in the following environments:
  • command data refers to any numeric or string data values used to describe the command and parameters describing how to perform the command.
  • BIT, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, LONG, REAL, DOUBLE, FLOAT, STRING, ASCII STRING are a few command data types that represent commands and/or command parameters.
  • Command data may eventually be sent to the command target by writing register values on the command target, writing to shared memory provided by the command target, sending commands to the command target for which a data response is given containing the data requested, writing to variables provided by the command target, reading and writing to variables in a sequence necessary to carry out the commanded operation, using a proprietary or standard data protocol, calling a function provided by the command target, etc.
  • the example data routing system 720 comprises a data engine 722 , a data source 724 , a data transport 726 , and a protocol server 728 .
  • the example data routing system 720 is designed to operate, in a first implementation, in conjunction with a machine platform 730 , a database server platform 732 , and an event system 734 as shown in FIG. 37 .
  • the data example routing system 720 also operates, in a second implementation, in conjunction with a database client 736 and a command processor 738 as shown in FIG. 43 .
  • the data engine 722 is configured to manage the overall data routing system 720 .
  • the data source 724 forms an input to the data router system 720 by providing a link to the data source such as the machine platform 730 .
  • the example data source 724 provides this link using OLE Automation interfaces.
  • the data transport 726 forms an output of the data router system 720 that sends data to a data target such as the database server platform 732 .
  • the protocol server 728 receives events from the event system 734 each time a record is entered into the database server platform 732 .
  • the example machine platform 730 is connected to, or incorporates, a target machine and is configured to unify the data of and access to the target machine.
  • an event thread pool 740 is used to send data to outbound targets such as data source 724 of the data routing system 720 .
  • the example machine platform 730 also incorporate an optional motion event component 742 such as that described in the Applicants' U.S. Pat. No. 5,691,897. The contents of the '897 patent is included herein by reference.
  • the example server platform 732 incorporates or is formed by a Microsoft SQL server that defines a data router database 750 .
  • the data router database 750 is configured with a number of tables including a ‘States’ table that contains all state updates made by the data router system 720 as will be described in further detail herein.
  • the ‘States’ table also includes an INSERT trigger that fires each time a record is inserted into the table.
  • the event system 734 comprises a database event 760 and a system event 762 .
  • the database event 760 is called and thus notified of the newly inserted data.
  • the example database event 760 is the XMCSQLEVT event, which is a Com+ event as implemented by the example database 750 .
  • the database event 760 uses the system event 762 to notify any outside application, such as the protocol server 728 , of data updates made to the ‘States’ table within the data router database 750 .
  • the example protocol server 728 receives, through the event system 762 , events from the database event 760 each time a record is inserted into the ‘States’ table.
  • the protocol server 728 updates an internal cache for the data item.
  • the example protocol server 728 may also browse the data router database 750 for all assets, states, and sub-states to create an address space that reflects the data within the tables defined by the data router database 750 .
  • the protocol server 528 depicted in FIGS. 37-43 is presented simply as an illustration of one example of how the data routing system 720 may be configured.
  • the example protocol server 528 relies on tables and triggers from within data router database and need not configured based on any upstream software that places data within those tables.
  • FIGS. 38-43 of the drawing depicted therein are a number of use cases illustrating sequences of steps that are performed by one or more of the modules making up the data routing system 720 and the machine platform 730 , server platform 732 , event system 734 , database client 736 , and/or command processor 738 .
  • the following use cases are described: initialization of the overall system; how the data items provided by the server are browsed; how the data updates are made on the server; how clients of the server read and receive data; and an alternative configuration of the data routing system 720 that uses data router database 750 to command a motion system associated with the machine platform 730 to perform one or more actions.
  • the initialization process is a two step process. First the data router database 750 is initialized as shown in FIG. 38 . Second, protocol server 728 is initialized as shown in FIG. 39 .
  • the data router database 750 is initialized before the protocol server 728 is initialized.
  • a software application portion of the data routing system 720 is used to initialize the database by configuring the data transport 726 and directing the data transport 726 to initialize the data router database 750 by using, for example, an XML data file that describes all assets, states and sub-states that are to be loaded into the database.
  • data transport 726 creates all tables and creates an INSERT Trigger on the ‘States’ table that calls the XMC SQL Event Class each time a record is inserted into the ‘States’ table.
  • the database 750 is ready for use by the protocol server 728 .
  • the protocol server 728 is initialized each time a client application creates an instance of the server 728 to use.
  • FIG. 39 illustrates one example of the process of initializing the protocol server 728 . The following steps are performed when the protocol server 728 is initialized. First, the protocol server 728 browses the ‘Assets’ table to receive a list of all assets as well as the ‘StateTagsView’ to receive a list of all states and their sub-states. The protocol server 728 uses the list of all assets and list of all states and their sub-states to build the address space of the protocol server 728 .
  • the protocol server 728 subscribes to the event class associated with the database event 760 defined by the event system 734 .
  • the example protocol server 728 subscribes to the late bound XMC SQL Event Class provided by the COM+ Event System. At this point the protocol server 728 is ready to use.
  • an internal item tree, used when browsing items, is built during the first step of the process of initializing the protocol server 728 .
  • Browsing is the process if viewing (and walking) the list of items exposed by the protocol server 728 . More specifically, browsing is the process of either visually selecting items from a tree of items browsed, or programmatically selecting one or more items from the tree. In addition, browsing may involve walking the tree items. For example, when searching for a given item, a program may iteratively look at each item while it determines if each is the item the program is looking for.
  • the example item tree used by the process illustrated in FIG. 40 is made up of asset names at the top level, states at the next level, and sub-states at the last ‘leaf’ level.
  • An example of the item tree is set forth below:
  • each of the elements making up the item tree are retrieved from the data router database 750 .
  • the Assets are loaded from the ‘Assets’ table, and the State and Sub-States are retrieved from the ‘StateTagsView’ view.
  • the protocol server 728 walks the browse tree that was previously built when initializing the server by querying the Assets table and StateTagsView view. Browsing the items allows an application to select which data items are to be monitored.
  • FIG. 41 of the drawing depicted therein is the data update process.
  • Data updates are received by the protocol server 528 each time a record is inserted into the ‘States’ table of the data router database 750 .
  • the database 750 calls the database event 760 (XMC SQL Event Class), which routes an event to the protocol server protocol server (XMC SQL OPC Server) via the system event 762 (COM+ Event System).
  • a data event is fired by one of the threads in the event thread pool provided by the motion event component 742 of the machine platform 720 .
  • the motion event component 742 may be as described in copending U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 11/067,327 and 11/375,502. The contents of the '327 and '502 applications are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the data source 724 receives the event and passes the information up to the data engine 722 .
  • the data engine 722 runs the data associated with the received event through a set of rules that determine whether the data should be sent to the data transport 726 .
  • the rule determines that the data should sent, and an ‘identity’ type is used in the rule, the raw data is sent to the data transport 726 .
  • Using an identity type in a data router rule set directs the data router to pass the actual data along with each rule that fires.
  • the data transport 726 inserts the data (along with the raw data) into the ‘States’ table and an ‘ExtraInfo’ tables within the data router database 750 .
  • the data router database Upon completing the INSERT operation into the States table, the data router database then fires and Insert Trigger (OnInsertTrigger).
  • Insert Triggers use Microsoft SQL Server and may not run correctly from within the MSDE environment.
  • the OnInsertTrigger calls the database event 760 (XMCSQLEVT COM+ Event Class) within its stored procedure.
  • the Asset, State, Sub-State, raw data and time-stamp of the INSERT trigger are all passed to the event class.
  • the event system 734 routes the database event 760 (XMC SQL Event Class event) to the protocol server 728 , which has already subscribed to such events during its initialization process.
  • the protocol server 728 Upon receiving the event, stores the data received in its data cache for the item. It should be noted that data updates do not directly trigger updating clients of the protocol server 728 , but instead continually refresh its internal data cache of data items.
  • the data reading process is carried out by each client.
  • the client can read data Data directly or using updates via an event that fires periodically. In either case, data is transferred during this process from the protocol server 728 to the client application.
  • data is served to the client application either via a periodic update, when data changes, or when the client directly asks for the data.
  • FIG. 43 of the drawing the process of commanding a motion system using the data routing system 720 will now be described.
  • the implementation of the invention described with reference to FIGS. 38-42 describe the process of reading data from a motion system.
  • the architecture of the data routing system 720 of the present invention may be used to command a motion system to perform one or more actions.
  • the data routing system 720 is used in conjunction with the client application 736 and command processor 738 in FIG. 43 .
  • the client application 736 is a software application, component module, script, web page, or the like that determines a series of motion steps to be carried out.
  • the command processor 738 generates commands that carry out the series of motion step defined by the client application 736 .
  • the command processor 738 may be implemented using the command processor described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/991,905, which is included by reference herein in its entirety.
  • the database client inserts commands into the Command table found within the data router database 750 .
  • all inserted command information is sent to the XMCSQLEVT COM+ Event Class to fire.
  • the COM+ Event System fires the late coupled events (LCE) to any subscribers that may exist.
  • the XMCSQLEVT COM+ Event Class supports the IXMCaSQLEvent interface, which is called on all subscribers to the event class each time the event fires.
  • the command processor 738 processes the events by sending the commands to the target motion system(s) designated to receive the commands. Note, there are several way t the command processor may deliver the commands to target motion systems: The command processor may send the commands to motion systems specified in the event parameters, or the command system may send the commands to motion systems pre-configured in the command processor to receive specific (or all) events, or the command processor may broadcast the events to all motion systems connected to it.
  • each motion system carries out the commands using the command+all of its parameter data. If data is to be returned, the return data is sent back to the command processor who then in-turn routes the data back to the routing target.
  • the data router 720 may be used to return information as well.
  • the system described in this document is a very modular system made up of a set of components.
  • each component may be based on a component technology such as OLE/COM from Microsoft Corporation.
  • Detailed descriptions of the interfaces of the example components used for communication between the various pieces making up the system are set forth below.
  • a pre-configured event trigger is fired by the data router database 750 that sends the inserted data to the database event 760 (XMCSQLEVT module).
  • the event trigger calls the module's IXMCaSQLEvent interface.
  • IXMCaSQLEvent interface will be described in further detail below.
  • the IXMCaSQLEvent interface is used by server platform 732 to send event information to any subscribers of the XMC SQL Event Class.
  • the IXMCaSQLEvent interface is made up of the following functions.
  • BSTR bstrTime BSTR bstrAsset, BSTR bstrState, BSTR bstrSubState, BSTR bstrData ); Parameters BSTR bstrTime - string representing the time-stamp of the data.
  • BSTR bstrAsset - string containing the name of the asset from which the data originated.
  • BSTR bstrData string containing the actual data.
  • This method sends event data to each subscriber in a form where each parameter is broken into a separate string for convenience.
  • the machine platform 730 may be implemented by, incorporate, or be connected to a motion system as described in one or more of the following U.S. patents, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference: U.S. Pat. No. 5,691,897; 5,867,385; 6,480,896; 6,513,058; and 6,885,898.
  • the data router 720 may be implemented by, incorporate, or be connected to a data router system as described in one or more of the following U.S. patent application, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference: Ser. No. 10/844,025.
  • the command processor 738 may be implemented by, incorporate, or be connected to a motion system as described in one or more of the following U.S. patent application, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference: Ser. No. 10/991,905.
  • OPC technology forms an example of a protocol for implementing the Protocol Server.
  • OPC is a software technology used to connect to various enterprise systems in the industrial automation market, such as MES systems, machine monitoring systems, and the like. Traditionally this technology has been used to connect PLC and sensor data to such systems. Combining XMC with OPC provides an elegant way to connect machine tool and motion control data into these systems as well. For more information on OPC, see www.opcfoundation.org.
  • the Microsoft SQL Database Server and related technologies may be used to implement the server platform 732 .
  • the Microsoft SQL Database Server documentation which is available online, contains specific information on how INSERT Triggers work and how one may call an external COM or COM+ component.
  • the event system 734 may be implemented using the COM+ Event System.
  • the COM+ Event System provides support for decoupled events. When decoupled events are supported, both the data publisher and the data subscriber are independent of one another. Decoupled events are otherwise known as a loosely coupled event (LCE).
  • LCE loosely coupled event
  • COM+ Events are just one of the many COM+ Services used by each of the components making up the system. For example, since the example protocol server 728 is a COM+ Application, it automatically takes advantage of object pooling, and message queue communications provided by COM+.
  • the Microsoft COM (Component Object Model) describes the component model that all components described within the example system are based upon.
  • the example data collection system 820 comprises a connectivity server layer 822 configured to collect data from at least one hardware device or asset 824 through a machine platform 826 .
  • the data collected by the connectivity server layer 822 is distributed to a back office system layer 828 .
  • the connectivity server layer 822 comprises a data routing system 830 and a protocol server 832 .
  • the back office system layer 828 comprises at least one enterprise software system 834 .
  • the assets 824 form a machine layer 836
  • the machine platform or platforms 826 form a platform layer 838 .
  • the data routing system 830 uses application called Enterprise Manager to configure, run and monitor a server technology that runs behind the scenes called the Enterprise Server.
  • the Enterprise Server is the technology that actually collects data from the hardware device or asset 824 in an intelligent manner.
  • the enterprise software system 834 and the Enterprise Server form the data collection system 820 .
  • the machine intelligence offered by the data routing system 830 allows better data collection that shows how a machine asset 824 is operating. This machine intelligence infers the current state of the machine asset 824 based on the state of given inputs and then sends the resulting outputs to a desired data target for later analysis based on predefined rules. Alternatively, data inputs read from each asset 824 may be sent directly up to the enterprise software for direct analysis at that level.
  • data collection system 820 may be used to monitor assets. The following discusses each of the configuration options that are available.
  • FIG. 44 the data collection system 820 is illustrated in the context of collecting data from a single asset 824 .
  • FIG. 44 illustrates how the data routing system 830 is used along with the machine platform 826 to connect an enterprise software system 834 to receive data from the machine asset 824 .
  • a low-cost computer server PC may be used to run the software making up the data collection system 820 .
  • the data routing system 830 is a software layer that ‘routes’ data from each individual asset 824 to various up-stream enterprise software systems 834 .
  • the protocol server 832 provides connectivity to data items processed by the data routing system 830 using a protocol specification, such as may be developed by a standards body or other company or group.
  • the machine platform 826 is a controller neutral layer used for all controller communication that defines a universal API and variable model. Using the universal API and variable model of the machine platform 826 , data items easily flow from the target control of the asset 824 to the data routing system 830 for further routing to the enterprise software system 834 . Typically the single instance model is only used in environments where a dedicated computer is available for each asset 824 that is to be monitored.
  • the data collection system may be implemented using a multi-asset connectivity model as shown at 840 in FIG. 45 .
  • the multi-asset model allows for the connectivity server to communicate with two or more machine assets 824 and route all data received from the group to one or more enterprise software systems 834 .
  • the example multi-asset data collection system 840 employs the data routing system 830 , protocol server 832 , and enterprise software 834 as described above.
  • the example machine assets are identified as machine control industry products such as a GE/Fanuc asset 824 a , Siemens asset 824 b , Okuma asset 824 c , and a Mazak asset 824 d .
  • Each of the assets 824 a - d connects to the data routing system 230 through an associated machine platform 826 a , 826 b , 826 c , and 826 d.
  • the data routing system 830 is capable of managing connectivity with a wide range of machine assets 824 . Because the machine platforms 826 a - d are controller neutral, all of the example assets 824 a - d may be handled in the same manner by the data routing system 830 .
  • the example data collection systems 820 and 840 illustrate that these systems are capable of communicating to one or more target controllers or assets 826 . As shown at 850 in FIG. 46 , a data collection system of the present invention is also flexible enough to communicate with multiple enterprise software systems 834 forming part of the back office system layer 828 .
  • the data routing system 830 may be configured to connect to multiple enterprise software systems 834 as well.
  • the example data collection system 850 employs the data routing system 830 , protocol server 832 , and enterprise software 834 as described above.
  • the data routing system 830 collects data from the GE/Fanuc asset 824 a , Siemens asset 824 b , Okuma asset 824 c , and a Mazak asset 824 d through the associated machine platform 826 a , 826 b , 826 c , and 826 d .
  • the data routing system 830 is capable of communicating with first, second, and third enterprise software systems 834 a , 834 b , 834 c , and 834 d either directly or through the protocol server 823 .
  • the enterprise software systems 834 may include: enterprise software systems such as the systems 834 a and 834 b that communicate with the data routing system 830 through the protocol server 832 (referred to as protocol clients), enterprise software systems such as the system 834 c that directly program to the data routing system 830 (referred to as custom clients), and/or enterprise software systems such as the system 834 d formed by an external database such as Microsoft SQL.
  • enterprise software systems such as the systems 834 a and 834 b that communicate with the data routing system 830 through the protocol server 832 (referred to as protocol clients), enterprise software systems such as the system 834 c that directly program to the data routing system 830 (referred to as custom clients), and/or enterprise software systems such as the system 834 d formed by an external database such as Microsoft SQL.
  • a data collection system of the present invention such as the data collection systems 820 , 240 , and 850 , are designed to route data from one or more discrete motion based assets 824 to one or more enterprise software systems 834 .
  • the example data collection systems 820 , 840 , and 850 employ a layered architecture comprising the connectivity server layer 822 , the back office layer 828 , the hardware layer 836 , and the machine platform layer 838 .
  • a general data flow takes place through this layered architecture.
  • Each of the layers 822 , 828 , 836 , and 838 has a specific purpose, and the purposes of these layers will be described below in the context of FIG. 47 .
  • the hardware layer 836 is the lowest layer.
  • the target systems or assets 824 define this hardware layer 836 .
  • the target systems or assets 824 produce the raw machine data describing the state of the machine or asset 824 at any given point in time.
  • a machine used on the factory floor may produce machine state data
  • an RFID tag, global positioning locator or combination of the two may produce the location and identification of a given asset 824 at a point in time.
  • a vehicle, boat or plane may produce data about its operating state in addition to its location, etc.
  • Each asset 824 is associated with a driver 860 designed to work with a specific target system or asset 824 .
  • each driver 860 implements the target specific communication protocols, target specific language, and/or uses the target specific application programming interface (API) to collect the data from the target system or asset 824 .
  • a target system 824 may be a control system used to run a machine on the factory floor.
  • the target system may be a GPS locator, or RFID tag attached to an asset 824
  • the target system may be a control system within a vehicle, boat, airplane or other asset 824 .
  • the driver 860 is configured at least to collect data its associated target system 824 .
  • the machine platform 826 may be a motion server that, as shown at step 3 , makes all data received universal by providing a consistent programming interface and data model to up-stream software.
  • the data routing system 830 is configured to collect data from multiple assets 824 through multiple instances of the machine platforms 826 such as one or more motion servers as shown at step 4 .
  • the data routing system 830 further maps all data items received by the data routing system 830 from each asset 824 to designer defined tags as shown at step 5 . This model allows the designer to decide what data tags will make up their overall system thus allowing the overall architecture to better fit each enterprises needs.
  • the protocol server 832 provides access as shown at step 6 A to all data router data items defined above to any client application of the protocol server 832 , such as one or more of the enterprise software systems 834 as described above.
  • data items may be provided in a data router specific model so that custom enterprise applications 834 may access the data item without using the protocol server 832 .
  • the enterprise software systems 834 provide data analysis and storage of all data received as shown at step 7 .
  • the data routing system 830 performs two tasks as it manages the data pipeline: first, the data routing system 830 collects data from a set of assets 824 ; and second, the data routing system 830 then maps the data items to data tags that are sent along with the data to each enterprise software system 834 .
  • the data routing system 830 To route data from the assets 824 to the enterprise software system 834 , the data routing system 830 employs user definable rules that map one or more inputs to one or more outputs as generally shown in FIG. 48 .
  • each rule is configured to implement a pass-through that allows the raw data and data item to pass through to the enterprise software system 834 .
  • each data item may also be fed into a set of rules that allow combining data items and adding intelligence to each data item that fires.
  • a data output fires, associated actions take place. For example, when a data output fires it may send the raw data, its tag and any associated data (such as special codes, etc) to the target enterprise software system 834 .
  • the data outputs may fire based on the evaluation of the rules associated with each output. Rules are evaluated against data inputs received from the machine platform 826 .
  • the data collection system 820 allows the user to add and configure the inputs, outputs, and rules that direct which outputs are to fire.
  • the multi-layered software architecture implemented by the data collection system 820 allows for easily expandable controller connectivity that may take place independent of the details of any of the enterprise software systems 834 .
  • Simple plug-n-play drivers may be added at a later date to already deployed systems in the field thus making overall factory roll-outs easy to deploy over time.
  • the data collection system 820 uses a consistent interface between each layer in the architecture above, where each layer has its own individual purpose as described in detail elsewhere.
  • the data routing system 830 is a very modular component based system that allows for collecting data from various data sources and routing them to various data targets.
  • the data routing system 830 allows for the user to combine data items and set rules that dictate when data items fire. All data items may be easily configured using an XML configuration file that specifies all data items, data sub-items and assets 824 in the system.
  • the protocol server 832 may be configured to provide connectivity to the data router data items via data tags that are defined with the data router's XML configuration file. This model allows each system designer to easily configure their system and the data tags that make up their system in a way that best suits their needs.
  • the machine platform layer 838 may be configured with a MOTION.NET software system 862 and motion administrator 864 that provide programmatic access to the motion server 286 .
  • the user can program to the motion server 826 using virtually any language such as the Microsoft .NET languages, Java, C++ and Visual Basic 6.0.
  • the data collection system 820 thus uses a component based model that is intuitive and easy to program.
  • the components making up the programming model include the following:
  • the example motion administrator 864 allows the user to configure each instance of the motion server 826 , select the target control or asset 824 used, and configure all configuration items specific to the control selected.
  • the example motion server 826 provides a universal access point to the underlying target controller.
  • the example server 860 may be run as a Windows NT Service, as a serviced component, or stand alone, yet each instance is used to communicate with only one target controller. Using thread, process, and reentrancy synchronization, the example motion server 826 allows multiple instances to be run simultaneously to facilitate communication with multiple control systems.
  • Each driver 860 is responsible for implementing all asset specific logic necessary to communicate with the asset to read data from, write data to, and cause actions on the underlying system.
  • the hardware device or asset 824 may optionally embody a control system and take the form of one or more of the following:
  • the data may be stored by the asset for subsequent uploading, or a mobile communications system may be used between any two or more of the layers described above.

Abstract

A data collection system for distributing data from at least one target asset to at least one software application, comprising a machine platform and a data routing system. The machine platform stores data associated with the at least one target asset. The data routing system collects data from the machine platform. The data routing system operates in a pass through mode and a data processing mode. In the pass through mode, data is passed from the at least one target asset to the at least one software application without modification. In the data processing mode, the data routing system generates modified data based on the data stored by the machine platform and sends the modified data to the at least one software application.

Description

    RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application (Attorney's Ref. No. P216804) is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/557,722 filed Sep. 11, 2009.
  • U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/557,722 is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/583,233 filed Oct. 18, 2006, now abandoned.
  • U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/583,233 claims priority benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/727,901 filed Oct. 18, 2005.
  • U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/583,233 is also a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/505,056 filed Aug. 15, 2006, now abandoned.
  • U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/505,056 claims priority benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/708,699 filed Aug. 15, 2005.
  • U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/583,233 is also a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/844,025 filed May 12, 2004, now abandoned.
  • U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/844,025 claims priority benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/506,104 filed Sep. 25, 2003.
  • U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/505,056 is also a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/991,905 filed Nov. 17, 2004, now abandoned.
  • U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/991,905 claims priority benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/520,918 filed Nov. 17, 2003.
  • The contents of all related applications listed above are incorporated herein by reference.
  • TECHNICAL FIELD
  • The present invention relates to computer systems for collecting data from one or more disparate data sources and distributing the collected data to one or more disparate data destinations and distributing software commands from one or more command sources to one or more command targets.
  • BACKGROUND
  • The present invention is used in the context of collecting and distributing data and control commands in the context of motion control machines or devices. The present application uses the term “routing” to refer to the process of both collecting data from data origins and distributing data to data destinations. The terms “data” and “data items” are used herein to refer to numeric, binary, or string data generated in an analog or digital format. Data is typically generated by machines, devices, or the like forming part of a larger working environment. The term “machine” as used herein refers to a physical asset used to perform a predetermined task. The term “device” is typically applied to a machine with a relatively small footprint.
  • The data origin or origins thus may be formed by any machine or device (mobile or not) that stores data and which is either directly controlled by humans through a user interface or automatically controlled via a computer based system. However, the present invention is of particular significance in the context of a working environment defined by a motion control system, and that application of the present invention will be described in detail below. The present invention may have broader application to other working environments, however, and the scope of the present invention should be determined by the claims appended hereto and not the following detailed description.
  • A motion control system typically comprises a plurality of motion control machines or devices each programmed to perform an individual task. The motion control system is configured to coordinate the individual tasks so that the motion control system itself performs a combined task. In the context of motion control systems, control commands are transmitted to motion control devices such as computer numeric control (CNC) systems, general motion control (GMC) automation systems, and hardware independent data engines for motion control systems. The term “command target” will be used to refer to any destination motion control device or machine or any location on device or machine that can carry out a command using command data as described herein. In some situations, these control commands come from a variety of sources, which will be referred to herein as command sources.
  • Each motion control machine or device comprises a controller that generates and/or stores data indicative of the state of the machine or device at a particular point in time. Typically, some or all of this data changes because the state of the machine changes as the machine performs its individual task.
  • The data generated and/or stored by the motion control machines and/or devices of a motion control system can be used to optimize the performance of one or more of the individual machines as well as the entire motion control system. The data destinations where the data is sent can thus take any one or more of a number of forms, including a database system, a plant floor process management system, software used to optimize overall production flow, other software systems, and/or another data routing system as described herein.
  • The collection and distribution of the data and control commands associated with individual motion control machines is, however, complicated by several factors. The sheer volume of data can overwhelm the ability of the data destination to store and/or process the data collected. In addition, the data origins and data destination may employ different, unique, or proprietary hardware and software systems that utilize different data acquisition commands, data formats, and data transmission protocols.
  • The need thus exists for data routing systems and methods that organize the distribution of control commands form a variety of types of command sources to a variety of types of command targets, facilitate the collection of data from diverse data origins, and facilitate the subsequent distribution of data to diverse data destinations.
  • SUMMARY
  • The present invention may be embodied as a data collection system for distributing data from at least one target asset to at least one software application, comprising a machine platform and a data routing system. The machine platform stores data associated with the at least one target asset. The data routing system collects data from the machine platform. The data routing system operates in a pass through mode and a data processing mode. In the pass through mode, data is passed from the at least one target asset to the at least one software application without modification. In the data processing mode, the data routing system generates modified data based on the data stored by the machine platform and sends the modified data to the at least one software application.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 is a somewhat schematic block diagram of a data routing system of a first embodiment of the present invention;
  • FIG. 2 is a somewhat schematic block diagram of a data routing system of a second embodiment of the present invention, where the data routing system has been optimized for use with a motion control system;
  • FIGS. 3-8 are scenario maps depicting the interaction of one or more components of the data routing system of FIG. 2 in different operational scenarios;
  • FIGS. 9-19 are examples of user interface configurations that may be used by the example data routing system of FIG. 2;
  • FIGS. 20 and 21 are highly schematic block diagrams depicting alternate relationships of data inputs, data outputs, and decision logic that may be used by the example data routing systems of FIGS. 1 and 2;
  • FIG. 22 is a module interaction map depicting the interaction of modules of a command processor system of a first embodiment of the present invention;
  • FIGS. 23-29 are use case maps illustrating common uses cases that occur during operation of the example command processing system of FIG. 22;
  • FIG. 30 is a module interaction map depicting the interaction of modules of a command processor system of a second embodiment of the present invention;
  • FIGS. 31-35 are use case maps illustrating common uses cases that occur during operation of the example command processing system of FIG. 30;
  • FIG. 36 depicts a component interface implemented by all components of the example command processing system of FIG. 30;
  • FIG. 37 is a module interaction map depicting interactions of an example data routing system of the present invention with a machine platform, server platform, event system, database client, and/or command processor;
  • FIG. 38 is a module interaction map depicting the process of initializing the data router database;
  • FIG. 39 is a module interaction map depicting the process of initializing the protocol server;
  • FIG. 40 is a module interaction map depicting the process of browsing for items on the protocol server;
  • FIG. 41 is a module interaction map depicting the process of updating data;
  • FIG. 42 is a module interaction map depicting the process of reading data; and
  • FIG. 43 is a module interaction map depicting an alternative configuration of a data routing system that processes commands via the data router database.
  • FIG. 44 is a module interaction map depicting a single asset configuration of a data collection system of the present invention;
  • FIG. 45 is a module interaction map depicting a multi-asset connectivity configuration of a data collection system of the present invention;
  • FIG. 46 is a module interaction map depicting a multi-asset and multi-enterprise software connectivity configuration of a data collection system of the present invention;
  • FIG. 47 depicts the flow of data though the data collection system depicted in FIGS. 44-46;
  • FIG. 48 is a highly schematic block diagram depicting the data ‘pipe-line’;
  • FIG. 49 depicts further details of an example data router collection; and
  • FIG. 50 depicts the components making up the example MOTION.NET software that may be used by the data collection systems of the present invention.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION I. First Embodiment Data Distribution
  • Referring initially to FIG. 1 of the drawing, depicted therein is a data routing system 20 constructed in accordance with, and embodying, the principles of the present invention. The data routing system 20 is used to route data or data items collected from data origins 22 to one or more data destinations 24.
  • As described above, the terms “data” and “data items” will be used herein to refer to numeric, binary, or string data values collected in an analog or digital format from a data origin 22. Examples of data types that represent data or data items as defined herein include ADDRESS, ARRAY, BIT, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, LONG, REAL, DOUBLE, FLOAT, BINARY BLOB, STRUCTURE, STRING, and ASCII STRING.
  • The data origins 22 are machines, devices, or the like forming part of a larger working environment. The working environment is not a part of the present invention and thus will not be described herein beyond what is necessary for a complete understanding of the invention. The terms “machine” as used herein refers to a physical asset used to perform a predetermined task. The term “device” is typically applied to a machine with a relatively small footprint.
  • Examples of machines as defined herein include a CNC mill used to shape metal, a pick-n-place machine used to position parts on a circuit board, a robotic machine used to perform surgery, a medical data input device (i.e. blood glucose meter, asthma meter, etc), a gaming device, a robotic toy, an animatronics figure, a robotic machine used to deliver goods to a warehouse or to people, an automobile, a truck or farm vehicle, a boat or ship, an airplane, a jet, a helicopter, a spacecraft, and/or a hardware or software-based control system within a personal computer or even just a personal computer or hand-held computer itself. The data origin or origins thus may be formed by any machine or device (mobile or not) that stores data and which is either directly controlled by humans through a user interface or automatically controlled via a computer based system.
  • As shown in FIG. 1, the data collected by the data routing system 20 is delivered to one or more data destinations 24. The data destinations 24 can take on many forms and serve many functions, but a primary function of the data destinations 24 is to use the data collected from the machines in the working environment to optimize operation of the individual machines and the overall working environment.
  • The example data routing system 20 is a software system that comprises a data input module group 30, an optional data cache module group 32, and a data output module group 34. The term “module” as used herein refers to a binary block of computer logic that contains functions, objects, components, ActiveX components, .NET source, HTML, XML and/or other computer code that can be executed in real-time or in script form. Several examples of a module include an executable EXE, a dynamic link library DLL, an OLE component or set of components housed within a DLL or EXE, an ActiveX Control, an HTML or XML based Control, a VB script source file, a Java Serverlet, Java Control, Java Object, .NET Package, etc.
  • The data input module group 30, data cache module group 32, and data output module group 34 typically run on a processor forming part of a computer system, but may be configured to operate across several discrete processors forming part of one or more computer systems.
  • The data routing system 20 operates basically as follows. The data input module group 30 communicates with one or more data origins 22 to obtain data indicative of a state or condition of the machine or device forming each of the data origins 22. If used, the data cache module group 32 temporarily or persistently stores the data collected by the data input module group 30. The data output module group 34 determines the conditions under which data collected by the data input module group 30 stored in the data cache module group 32 is sent to one or more of the data destinations 24. The data output module group 34 optionally also determines the format in which data is sent to the data destination 24 and/or the method of transporting the data to the data destination 24.
  • The example data input module group 30 comprises a data collection component 40 and one or more data source components 42. The term “component” as used herein refers to a logical organization of computer commands designed to perform an operation or set of operations. Examples of components include OLE components, ActiveX controls, HTML or XML based controls, HTML or XML based objects, .NET objects, C++ objects, C function set, Visual Basic objects, and the like. A component may operate on a single processor or may be distributed across a plurality of processors.
  • The data collection component 40 associates all of the data collected with the data origins 22 from which the data was collected. The data collection component 40 may be connected directly to one or more of the data origins 22 or may be connected to one or more of the data origins 22 through the data source components 42 as shown. If the data collection component 40 is connected directly to a data origin 22, the data collection component 40 and the data origin 22 must be pre-configured to work with each other, and the data collection component 40 is considered data origin independent, whereas the data source component 42 is considered data origin dependent. However, if the data collection component 40 communicates directly with a data origin 22, it then becomes data origin dependent.
  • Preferably, however, one or more data source components 42 are provided to allow the data collection component 40 to operate in a data origin independent manner. In this case, the example data source components 42 are each associated with one or more of the data origins 22. The data source components 42 collect data from a particular data origin 22 or class of data origins 22 and pass this data to the data collection component 40 in a predetermined format. The data source components 42 may run entirely on the same processor or processors as the data routing system 20, entirely on a processor or processors associated with the data origin 22, or on processors associated with both the data routing system 20 and the data origin 22. Although optional, the use of the data source components 42 is preferred to isolate the data collection component 40 from the operational details of each of the data origins 22.
  • The data input module group 30 may collect data from the data origins 22 by one or more of a number of methods. For example, the data source components 42 and/or data collection component 40 may read register values on the machine or device, read shared memory provided by the machine or device, send commands to the machine or device for which a data response is given containing the data requested, read variables provided by the machine or device, read and write to variables in a sequence necessary to produce data values, query data using a proprietary or standard data protocol, call a function provided by the machine or device, build and send a command based on a protocol used to communicate with the machine or device for which a data response is provided by the machine or device from which the data is extracted, and/or the like.
  • The optional data cache module group 32 comprises a data store component 50 and at least one data cache 52. The data collection component 40 passes data to the data store component 50; the data store component 50 stores this data in one or more of the data caches 52. The data caches 52 may be temporary or volatile memory devices such as RAM or may be permanent or persistent memory such as a hard drive or database system. The data store component 50 further retrieves data from the appropriate data cache 52 as necessary. If the data cache module 32 is not used, data collected by the data collection component 40 is passed directly to the data output module group 34 in real time.
  • The data output module 34 comprises a data output component 60. As mentioned, the data output component 60 may receive data directly from the data collection component 40. However, if the data cache module 32 is used, the data output component 60 may direct the data store component 50 to read data stored in one or more of the data caches 52 and transfer the stored data to the data output component 60.
  • The data output module group 34 further comprises one or more data transport components 62. Each of the data transport components 62 defines or is associated with a method or system of transporting data from the data output component 60 to one or more of the data destinations 24. The data output component 60 selects an appropriate one of the data transport components 62 for each data element based on the data destination 24 to which the data element is to be sent.
  • Optionally, the data output module group 34 further comprises a data formatter component 64. The data formatter component 64 contains logic, templates, or the like for arranging data elements in a format appropriate for one or more of the data destinations 24. The data formatter component 64 allows the data destinations 24 to be implemented in a machine or device independent manner by obviating the need for the data destinations 24 to process data elements in the format generated by the data origins 22.
  • The data output module group 34 further optionally comprises an inference engine component 66. If used, the inference engine component 66 helps the data output component 60 to determine the data destination or destinations 24 where each data element is set. The inference engine component 66 may further assist the data output component 60 to make the determination of which data is to be output (if any) and/or which data transport component 62 to use and/or whether the data formatter component 64 is to be used.
  • The data routing system 20 of the present invention thus collects data from one or more data origins 22 and routes this data to one or more data destinations 24. The use of the data routing system 20 allows the data destination or destinations 24 to operate independent of the implementation details of the data origin or origins 22. In addition, the data routing system 20 can be configured to be independent of the data destination through the use of the data transport components 62, and data formatter components 64.
  • Turning now to FIGS. 2-21 of the drawing, depicted therein is a data routing system 120 of the present invention. The example data routing system 120 operates in the same basic manner as the data routing system 20 described above but is optimized to operate in a working environment defined by a motion control system.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates that the data routing system 120 is a collection of modules or components used to collect machine data from the data origins 122 and then send some or all of the data collected to the data destinations 124. The data destinations 124 may be either a local data destination (for later replication to a remote data destination) or a remote site (either a remote data routing system or third party data destination).
  • The example motion system 122 as defined in U.S. Pat. No. 5,691,897, but other motion systems may be used instead or in addition. As will be described in further detail below, the motion system 122 defines or is associated with one or more application programming interfaces. The motion system 122 is not per se part of the present invention and will not be described herein beyond what is necessary for a complete understanding of the present invention.
  • The data destinations 124 may use the data delivered by the data routing system 20 for a variety of purposes. A primary function of the data destinations 124 is to optimize and/or monitor the operation of the machines and/or devices forming the motion control system that the motion services 122 or other software used by the data sources 142 communicate with. The data destinations 124 can thus take any one or more of a number of forms, including a database system, a plant floor process management system, software used to optimize overall production flow, or other software systems, and/or another data routing system as described herein.
  • The example data routing system 120 is connected to the data destination 124 through a network 126. The network 126 is a combination of hardware and software architectures that forms a link between two or more computer systems. Examples of network architectures include a packet based network, a streaming based network, broadcast based network, or peer-to-peer based network. Examples of networks that may be used as the network 126 include a TCP/IP network, the Internet, an Intranet, a wireless network using WiFi, a wireless network using radio waves and/or other light based signals, and the like.
  • The software components making up the example data routing system 120 may be organized into three module groups: a data input module group 130, a data cache module group 132, and a data output module group 134. The data input module group 130, data cache module group 132, and data output module group 134 typically run on a processor forming part of a computer system, but may be configured to operate across several discrete processors forming part of one or more computer systems connected by a computer network.
  • The data input module group 130 comprises a data collection component 140 and a plurality of data source components 142 a and 142 b. The data cache module group 132 comprises a data store component 150 and one or more data cache components 152. The data output module group 134 comprises a data output component 160, one or more data transport components 162, a data formatter component 164, and an inference engine component 166.
  • The data collection component 140 is responsible for collecting data from the machine asset and routing all data collected to the data cache module group 132. The data collection component 140 is responsible for managing one or more data source components 142 for which data is collected and route the data collected to the data cache module group 132.
  • The data source components 142 a and 142 b communicate with the motion system 122. Each data source communicates with the motion system using whatever means are available including to the use of application programming interfaces (API) 170 a, 170 b, and 170 c associated with the motion system 122, using (API) provided by a motion system vendor, or using network or other communication protocols. The example data source component 142 a is configured to receive data from the API's 170 a and 170 b, while the example data source component 142 b is configured to receive data from the API 170 c.
  • The example data collection component 40 manages one or more data source components 142 and is responsible for routing the data collected to the data store component 150 of the data cache module 132. Optionally, each data collection component 140 may communicate directly to the motion system 122 without the need for an intermediary data source component 142. However, the use of the data source component 142 allows for code reuse as the data collection component 140 may then implement all common functionality, thus making each data source component 142 extremely thin and easy to build and maintain. In addition, the use of each data source components 142 allows the data collection component 150 itself to be independent of each data origin with which each data source component 142 communicates to collect data.
  • Each data source component 142 is responsible for mapping the data collected from the data source (i.e. XMC API, XMC CNC API, Protocol Server, or proprietary data source) into the format expected by the data collection component 140 and ultimately the data store component 150. The main goal of the data source components 142 is to provide a consistent interface to the data origin 122, thereby freeing the client from the details of the data origin 122 and allowing all data source components 142 to act and operate in the same manner from the perspective of the data collection component 140.
  • The data cache module group 132 caches the data received so that it may later be analyzed or otherwise processed. In particular, the data store component 150 manages one or more data caches 152 and is responsible for storing all data received and giving access to all data stored. Optionally, each data store component 150 could cache all data received directly without the need for an intermediary data cache 152. However, the use of the data cache or caches 152 allows for code reuse and also allows the data store component 150 to remain independent of any caching technologies used by each data cache component 152. The data store component 150 may then implement all common functionality, thus making each data cache module 132 also extremely thin and easy to build and maintain.
  • The terms “primary data cache” and “secondary data cache” may be used to refer to one or more of the data caches 152 depending upon whether certain features of the data cache module 132 are implemented and/or used as will be discussed in detail below. The suffix “a” is used in FIG. 2B to designate a primary data cache, and the suffix “b” is used to designate a secondary data cache.
  • Each data cache 152 stores data in a data target 172 such as a database on a hard drive, RAM memory, or another persistent or volatile storage medium. The term “data target” is used herein to refer to any device or machine or location on a device or machine that can produce data as defined herein. The main purpose of the data caches 152 is to provide a consistent interface to the data storage medium used so that the caches 152 appear to be the same to the user, thus freeing the client of any details handling various caching mechanisms.
  • The data output module group 134 is responsible for sending the data collected by the data input module group 30 and/or stored by the data cache module group 32 to the data destination 122. The data output component 160 manages the other components forming the data output module 34, namely, the data transport components 162, the data formatter component 164, and the inference engine component 166.
  • More specifically, the data output component 160 is responsible for sending data to one or more data destinations 124. As generally described above, the data destination may be an enterprise data management system, an artificial intelligence system, a plant floor process management system, software used to optimize overall production flow, another data routing system such as the systems 20 and 120 described herein, and/or other software systems used to optimize and/or monitor how the overall factory operates based on how each machine making up the factory runs.
  • The inference engine component 166 is responsible for mapping the data elements received from the data input module group 130 or data cache module group 132 through the data output component 160 to the data destinations 124 to which the data elements are to be sent. The data transport component 162 defines which data elements are to be sent to which data destination 124. When performing this mapping, the inference engine component 166 also optionally provides a set of rules and/or other criteria that are used to determine whether or not each output defined by the data transport component 162 should ‘fire’. For example, the inference engine component 166 may use one or more of the following logic systems: artificial intelligence systems, fuzzy logic algorithms, neural network pattern matching, genetic algorithms, expert system logic, and/or other computer based decision-making and/or pattern matching based systems, to determine when a given set of one or more data elements should be sent out. In the simplest case, an identity transform may be used which causes all data inputs received to be sent out as matching data outputs.
  • The data formatter component 164 is used to format all or portions of the data set to be transported to the data destinations 124. For example the data formatter component 164 may be used to format data output by the inference engine component 166 into a certain XML schema or other proprietary data format.
  • The data transport component 162 is responsible for sending the data to the ultimate data destination 124, including an enterprise database, an enterprise software system, or even another data routing system such as the data routing system 120.
  • Referring still to FIG. 2, also depicted therein is a data manager 180 that allows the user to manage operation of the data routing system 120. The data manager 180 controls access to property pages exposed or generated by user-interface components associated with the components 140, 150, 160, 162, 164, and 166. Property pages may also be exposed or generated by user interface components associated with the components 142 and 152. In particular, the example data routing system 120 comprises data collector property pages 182, data store property pages 184, data output property pages 190, data transport property pages 192, data formatter property pages 194, and inference engine property pages 196. As will be described in further detail below, the property pages 182, 184, 190, 192, 194, and 196 allow the user to initialize, configure, and control the components 140, 150, 160, 162, 164, and 166, respectively.
  • In the following discussion and in the drawings, the property pages 182, 184, 190, 192, 194, and 196 also refer to the user-interface components associated with these property pages. The property pages 182, 184, 190, 192, 194, and 196 and other interface elements are separated from the components 140, 150, 160, 162, 164, and 166 in the system 120 to optimize the overall system flexibility and facilitate evolution toward new and future user interface technologies such as HTML based web user interface, SOAP/XML based interfaces, Microsoft .NET based interfaces, etc. Optionally, however, the components 140, 150, 160, 162, 164, and 166 could directly expose property pages and other user-interface elements.
  • Referring now to FIGS. 3-8, the interactions of the components and property pages forming the data input module group 130, data cache module group 132, and data output module group 134 will now be described in further detail in the various scenarios required to implement the functions of the example data routing system 120.
  • Before using the data routing system 120, the system must first be initialized. During initialization, all components are started and configured with their initial settings. Initializing the system involves configuring the data routing system 120 so that it knows what data to collect, where to collect it from, how to process the data collected and where to send the processed data. Once initialized, the system is ready to begin collecting, storing and processing machine and/or device data.
  • The initialization process includes to levels. First, the overall data routing system 120 must be configured by connecting one or more data collection components 140 data and one or more data output components 160 to the data store component 150. Once connected, the components making up each of the data input module 130, data output module 134, and data cache module 132 groups must next be configured.
  • The process of initializing the data routing system 120 will now be described with reference to FIG. 3
  • Initially, the data manager 180 is run to configure the overall system 120.
  • The data manager 180 of the data routing system 120 next uses the data store property pages 184 paired with the data store component 150. The data store property pages 184 query the data store component 150 for all entries in the data output module group 134 category (or optionally queries for each entry directly using the OLE Component Categories) and displays each entry visually in the property page 184.
  • Next, after the user selects which data output module or systems 134 to activate, the list of active data output components 160 associated with the selected data output module or systems 134 is sent back to the data store component 150 so that it may use the active components. The data store component 150 could optionally query a separate ‘configuration’ component used to select the active data output modules 134 to use later when processing data to be output. Additionally, the activation of each active component 160 may optionally be activated programmatically instead of by the user.
  • During its initialization, the data store component 150 creates an instance of each activated data output component 160 so that the data store component 150 can send data update events to each upon receiving new cache data.
  • Similar to the configuration of the data output module group 134, the data store property pages 184 query the data input module group 130 for a list of supported data collection components 140. Optionally, the data store component 150 may query the data collection components 140 of the data input module group 130 and display each these data collection components 140 visually so that the user can activate all components 140 that are appropriate for collecting data.
  • Once selected visually by the user, the active list of one or more data collection components 140 is sent to the data store component 150. Optionally, the data store component 150 could query a separate ‘configuration’ component used to select the active data output modules 134 to use later when processing data to be output. Additionally, the activation of each component may optionally be activated programmatically instead of by the user.
  • During initialization, the data store component 150 creates an instance of each active data collection component 140.
  • Once the main components data store component 150, data collection component 140, and data output component 160 of the data output module 134 are configured, the user (or configuration program) must configure the components used by each of the systems 140, 150, and 160. The main configuration task for the data collection component 140 is that of selecting the data source components 142 (and the data items supplied by each) from which data is to be collected. The process of configuring the components used by the systems 140, 150, and 160 will now be described with reference to FIG. 4.
  • The following steps take place when configuring the data collection component 140 and related components.
  • First, the data manager 180 is used to configure the data collection component 140.
  • Second, the data collector property pages 182 are used to configure the data collection component 140. Optionally, all configuration may be done programmatically by another software module.
  • Each of the data collector property pages 182 queries the Data Source OLE Category of components to see what data source components 142 are available. Optionally, the data collection component 140 may be queried for the list of all data source components 142 available.
  • A visual list of available data source components 142 is next constructed, thus allowing the user to select which data source component or components 142 to use when collecting data. Optionally, the data collection component 140 could directly talk to the data source components 142; however such direct communication would reduce code reuse as the data collection component 140 allows each data source component 142 to be very thin, making these components 142 easy to build and maintain.
  • Finally, after the user selects the data source components 142 to use, a list of active data source components 142 is passed to the data collection component 140, which then creates an instance of each selected component.
  • Optionally, each data source component 142 may use an associated property page (not shown) that allows the user to visually (or software to programmatically) configure and select the data inputs from which data is to be collected by each data source component 142. Each data collector component 140 may also define a set of data inputs that the user may configure and select; however this it not optimal as the data source components 142 allow each data collector component 140 to remain independent of how each data origin actually works; i.e. the data items they provide and how the data for each data item is actually collected.
  • Referring now to FIG. 5, the following steps take place when configuring the data cache module group 132, which includes the data store component 150 thereof. Configuring the data store component 150 requires the selecting of the data cache 152 to use. When caching data there are three main methods that may be employed: (1) cache all data to memory only; (2) cache all data to a persistent storage such as a database, or (3) a mixture where data is initially cached to memory and then ‘rolled-over’ into the persistent store at certain intervals or after a specified amount of data has been collected. All three models are utilized by the data cache module group 132 of the data routing system 120, where only one method is necessary to build a picture of the overall state of the data origin at a given moment in time.
  • In a first step shown in FIG. 5, the data manager 180 of the data routing system 120 is used to configure the data store component 150 and associated components using the embedded data store property page 184. As described above, the data store component 150 can be configured to implement all user aspects that it needed to edit and otherwise allow the user interact with the data and configuration managed by the component. However, separating the user interface from the component in a parallel component has several advantages that allow for easily adopting future user-interface based technologies such as HTML, Windows .NET, and thin client. For these reasons the user interface has optionally been separated from the main logic making up the data store component 150. As generally described above, this same design organization is used throughout the entire system 120 by all components having an associated property page.
  • The data store property page 184 component queries the data store component 150 for the list of data cache components 152 that are available and displays the list visually. The list of available components 152 may optionally be provided programmatically by a separate component used for configuration. As an additional option, the data store property page 184 may directly query the Cache Category of components in the OLE Component Category.
  • From the data store property page 184, the user visually selects the specific data cache components 152 to use and the specific caching strategy to employ (single caching or roll-over where data from one cache is rolled over to another cache based on certain criteria such as an interval of time, or a data cache data threshold being met). The selected data cache components 152 and strategy selected by the user are transferred to the data store component 150 which then stores the settings.
  • Each data output component 160 and associated components act as a data output ‘pipeline’ where data follows a set of steps that determines what data will be output, what format that data will be output in, and where the data will be sent. Referring now to FIG. 6 of the drawing, depicted therein are the steps that take place when configuring the data output component 160 and its related components.
  • First, the data manager 180 is used to configure the various aspects of the data output component 160 and its associated components.
  • When configuring the data output component 160, the data output property page 190 parallel component acquires the list of inference engine components 166, data formatter components 164, and data transport components 162 that are available. Once the list of data transport, data formatter, and inference engine components 162, 164, and 166 is acquired, a visual display of the list is created on the data output property page 190 so that the user can select one or more of the components 162, 164, and 166 from the list as appropriate for their application.
  • To obtain this list of components, the data output property page 190 may either query the data output component 160 or directly query the OLE Category for each of the data transport component 162, data formatter component 164, and inference engine component 166. If the data output component 160 is queried for the list of available components in each category, the data output component 160 in turn may then internally query a pre-configured list or the OLE components falling into each respective OLE Category for the data transport component 162, data formatter component 164, and inference engine component 166.
  • After the user selects one or more data transport components 162, one or more data formatter components 164, and one or more inference engine components 166, the list of components to activate is sent to the data output component 160, which stores the component information as its active components and then creates an instance of each component.
  • Next, each data transport component 162 is queried for its list of supported outputs. The list of supported data outputs is then passed to the inference engine component or components 166 selected.
  • Next, the data output component 160 queries the data store component 150 for its list of supported data items, usually stored in the data cache components 152 and previously selected when configuring the data collection component 140. The list of supported input data items is then passed to the inference engine component or components 166 selected.
  • When the inference engine component or components 166 have both the inputs and outputs available, the user may optionally configure rules or other criteria used to determine when each output is ‘fired’ based on the input data received. As examples, one or more of a set of Fuzzy Logic rules, a previously trained Neural Network pattern, a Genetic Algorithm fitness, Expert System logic, or other custom logic may be used to determine when certain outputs are sent through the data output pipeline to the data destination.
  • In addition, the data formatter component or components 164 may also be configured to output data in data formats supported by each data destination 124. For example, a data formatter component 164 may be used to output data items received in a certain proprietary schema. However, the data formatter component 164 would need to be configured so that it would know how to match the data items received to the proprietary schema. This step in the configuration process would allow the user, or another software program, to make this configuration.
  • And finally, the data transport component or components 162 would need to be configured so that they could properly send data received to the end data targets that it supported. For example, a data transport component 162 configured to use TCP/IP may need to have target TCP/IP addresses configured or TCP/IP ports configured telling the component 42 where to send the data.
  • Once initialized, the data routing system 120 is ready to start collecting data and storing all data collected as previously configured. FIGS. 7A and 7B depict the interactions that take place when collecting data.
  • First each data source component 142 either polls for data or receives previously configured events from its data origination. For example, when using the motion system 124 or a Protocol Server as the data origin, events may be received telling the data source component 142 that new data is available.
  • Upon receiving a data update event, the data source component 142 fires an event to its respective parent data collection component 140.
  • Upon receiving its event, the data collection component 140 then fires an event to the data store component 150.
  • Upon receiving each data update event, the data store component 150 uses the active caching component or components 152 to store the data. Optionally, the data cache module 132 may employ a roll-over strategy in which data received is passed to one or more data cache modules 132 after a certain criteria is met such as in interval of time passing or a data caching threshold being met.
  • After caching the data, the data store component 150 fires a data update event to any data output component or components 160 connected to the data store system 132.
  • Upon receiving the data update event, the data output component 160 may optionally query the data store component 150 for more data if needed to gain a full description of the current state of the machines forming the motion system 122.
  • All data input information is then passed to the inference engine component 166 for processing. Upon receiving the data, the inference engine component 166 runs its preconfigured rule set against the data set received and produces the output (if any) that is eligible to be sent to the data destinations 124. If the inference engine component 166 employs a dynamic model of the data, its internal model may alter itself based on the input data received. For example, an inference engine component 166 that uses a neural network may ‘learn’ from the data by changing the neural network's weights based on the data input values received.
  • If data is eligible to be output, and a data formatter component 164 is used, the output data received from the inference engine component 166 is then sent to the data formatter component 164. Upon receiving the data, the data formatter component 164 transforms the data received into the supported output data format and passes the new output data back to the data output component 160.
  • The formatted data is then passed to the data transport component or components 162 to be transported or sent to the data destinations 124. If a data formatter component 164 is not used, the raw data format output from the inference engine component 166 is used and passed directly to any active data transport component 162. Upon receiving the output data, the active data transport component or components 162 send the data to their respective data destinations 124. For example, a TCP/IP transport would packetize the data into TCP/IP packets and send the data stream to a preconfigured TCP/IP address/port. Alternatively, a wireless transport may broadcast the data out on a pre-configured frequency.
  • Referring now to FIG. 8 of the drawing, depicted therein is a relationship among the interface windows and dialogs that form the property pages used to configure the example data routing system 120. The data manager 180 presents to the user a main window 220 (FIG. 9) that is used to access the data property pages 182, 184, 190, 192, 194, and 196 used to configure all settings of the data collection component 140, data store component 150, and data output component 160 forming up the system 120.
  • The example main window 220 presented by the data manager 180 to configure each of the main components 140, 150, and 160 is shown in FIG. 9. In particular, the main page 220 of the data manager 180 acts as a control panel that allows the user to configure and monitor how data flows from each data source 122 to the eventual data destination 124.
  • Each of the user interface elements of the main page 220 on the data manager 180 will now be described with reference to FIG. 7.
  • A “Configure” button 222 allows the user to configure the overall system 120 by building up the overall data transfer pipeline. This option is only available when running the application as an Administrator on the system.
  • A “Start” button 224 starts monitoring the data source components 142 and feeds the data received through the system 220.
  • A “Stop” button 226 stops monitoring the data source components 142 and shuts down the entire monitoring process.
  • A “Monitoring” icon 230 visually displays whether or not monitoring is currently enabled.
  • A “Close” button 232 closes the monitoring application window but does not close the application. Since the application runs as a system tray application, you must exit the application by right clicking on the system tray icon.
  • A “Status” window 234 visually shows the overall configuration and status of the system including all nodes making up the data input module 130, data store system 132, and data output module 134.
  • The following sections describe how to build and configure the overall system 120 using examples of the various property pages 182, 184, 190, 192, 194, and 196.
  • Referring initially to FIG. 10, depicted therein is a configuration dialog window 240 that is associated with the data manager 180. The configuration dialog window allows a user to build the overall data routing system 120. The user interface elements making up the configuration dialog window 240 are as follows.
  • An “Add Data Collector . . . ” button 24 displays a dialog containing a list of all data collection components 140 available to the system. Once selected, the selected data collection components 140 are added to the system 120. The data collection components 140 are connected to the data store component 150 so that data events are sent to the data store component 150 each time data items are received by each of the data collection components 140 from their respective various data source components 142.
  • An “Add Data Output . . . ” button 244 displays a dialog containing a list of all data output modules 134 available to the system. Once selected, the data output modules 134 are added to the system. Each data output module 134 manages a data pipeline that may involve inference rules or other decision-making technology that tell when to fire each data output.
  • A “Delete” button 246 removes a module from the list of components making up the overall data routing system 120.
  • A “Load” button 250 loads the components of a previously saved data routing system 120 from a persistent storage medium such as a file or database.
  • A “Save” button 252 saves the current data routing system 120 to a persistent storage medium such as a file or database.
  • A “Close” button 254 closes the configuration dialog.
  • A “Node” control 260 contains the current modules making up the data routing system 120, including data collection components 140, data store components 150, and data output components 160.
  • An “About” property page 262 displays information about the currently selected module in the node list.
  • A “Settings” property page 264 displays a property page corresponding to the currently selected node in the node list. The property page allows the user to configure the settings specific to the node selected.
  • Examples of interface elements that may be used to implement the property pages 182, 184, 190, 192, 194, and 196, as well as other related property pages, will now be described with reference to FIGS. 11-18. The “Delete”, “Load”, “Save”, and “Close” interface elements depicted in FIGS. 11-18 apply to the “Node” Control on the left part of each figure (not shown) and will not be described in detail below.
  • An example of the data collector property page 182 is depicted in FIG. 11 of the drawing. The data collector property page 182 allows a user to configure the components, such as the data collection components 140 and/or data source components 142, of the data input module group 130.
  • A “Data Sources” list box 270 contains a list of all data source components 142 available to the system. The list of available data source components 142 is acquired by either directly enumerating the Data Source OLE Category of components or by querying the data collection component 140 for all data source components 142 that it ‘knows’ about.
  • A “Select” button 272 adds the currently selected item in the list of data source components 142 to the currently selected data output module 134 in the main node list.
  • A “Target Scan Rate” edit field 274 allows the user to input a global scan rate that applies to all data source components 142 that may be controlled using a global scan rate.
  • A data source property page 280 is depicted in FIG. 12. The data source property page 280 allows the user to select the data items made available by each data source component 142. The selected data items are then fed into the data store component 150 and eventually on into the selected inference engine component 166. The following user-interface elements make up the data source property page 280.
  • A “Data Items” list box 282 contains a list of all data items made available by each data source component 142. The user must enable the data items that they want to monitor in their system. The list of available data items is acquired by browsing a particular data source component 142.
  • A “Scan Rate” edit box 284 allows the user to enter the scan rate to use for this specific data source (which may be different from the global scan rate). If no scan rate is entered, the default global scan rate is used when appropriate.
  • A data store property page 290 depicted in FIG. 13 is used to configure the data store component 150 by selecting and configuring the data cache or caches 152 used and the specific caching strategies for each. The following user-interface elements make up the data store property page 290.
  • A “Data Caches” list box 292 contains a list of all data caches 152 available to the system 120. The list of available data caches 152 may be acquired either by directly enumerating the data cache OLE Category of components or by querying the data store component 150 for a list of active data caches 152.
  • A “Select” button 294 adds the currently selected item in the “Data Caches” list box 290 to the currently selected data store component 150 in the master node list.
  • Referring now to FIG. 14, depicted therein is a data cache property page 320 that allows the user to configure the specific caching strategy to be used by each data cache 152. The following user interface elements make up the data cache property page 320.
  • An “Enable data roll-over” check-box 322 allows the user to enable/disable data roll-over. When enabled, data placed in a particular data cache 152 can roll-over into another, or secondary, data cache 152 upon meeting certain criteria specified by other of the user-interface elements forming the data cache property page 320.
  • An “After reaching cache data threshold of” radio button 224, if selected, determines that roll-over occurs when a certain number of bytes are cached in the primary data cache, assuming that data cache roll-over is also enabled by check box 322. A caching threshold data field 324 a allows the user to specify the data cache threshold. After reaching the roll-over threshold level, all data currently in the primary data cache 152 a is copied to the secondary data cache 152 b.
  • An “After time interval of” radio button 326, when selected determines that roll-over occurs at specifically set time intervals, again assuming that data cache roll-over is enabled by check box 322. A time interval data field 326 a allows the user to specify the duration of the time interval. Upon the expiration of each time interval all data in the primary data cache 152 a is automatically copied over to the secondary data cache 152 b and then removed from the primary cache 152 a.
  • A “Roll-over to” list-box 328 contains a list of data caches that can be used as secondary caches 152 b. The primary cache 152 a rolls data over to the secondary cache 152 b selected by pressing a “Select” button 328 a.
  • Referring now to FIG. 15, the data output property page 190 is depicted therein in further detail. The data output property page 190 is used to configure the data output module 134 by selecting the data transport components 162, data formatter component 164, and inference engine component 166 that are to make up the data output pipeline. The following user-interface elements make up the data output property page 190.
  • An “Interface Engines” list-box 330 contains a list of all inference engine component or components 166 that are available to the system 120. A first “Select” button 330 a allows one or more of the inference engine components 166 to be selected. As generally described above, each inference engine component 166 is responsible for mapping input values to output values and determining when each data element should actually be sent to the data destination 124.
  • A “Data Formatters” list-box 332 contains a list of all data formatter components 164 that are available to the system 120. A second “Select” button 332 a allows one or more of the data formatter components 164 to be selected. Each data formatter component 164 is responsible for transforming data input into another data format that is output as output data.
  • A “Data Transports” list-box 334 contains a list of all data transport components 162 that are available to the system 120. A third “Select” button 334 a allows one or more of the data transport components 162 to be selected. Each data transport component 162 is responsible for sending the data received to the ultimate data destination 124, such as an enterprise database, analysis system, another data routing system, or the like.
  • The inference engine property page 196 will now be described in further detail with reference to FIG. 16. The inference engine property page 196 is used to configure the settings defining how the inference engine component 166 actually works. The inference engine component 166 maps inputs received to expected outputs defined by the data transport component 162. When mapping inputs to outputs, the inference engine component 166 optionally uses decision logic to determine whether or not each output should fire (i.e. be sent on to one or more data transport component 162) based on the inputs received. The user interface elements making up the inference engine property page 196 are as follows.
  • An “Input Data Items” list-box 340 contains a list of all data inputs received from the data input module 130 via the data store component 150. An “Output Data Items” list-box 342 contains a list of all data outputs received from the data output module 134 via the data transport component 162. A “Rule Map” list-box 344 contains a list of rules that define how to map the received data inputs to the outputs.
  • In this sample inference engine component 166, the user drags items from the Input Data Items list box 340 into the inputs making up the rule-map as listed in the Rule Map list box 344. The rule-map associated with each of the items in the Input Data Items list box 344 defines when to fire output to each defined output.
  • An example data formatter property page 194 is depicted in FIG. 17. The data formatter property page 194 allows the user to configure how the final data output is actually formatted. For example, the example property page 194 depicted in FIG. 17 illustrate how to map data outputs into an XML schema. The following user interface elements make up the data formatter property page 194.
  • An “XML Schema Map” 350 control contains an editable XML Schema that allows a user to drag an output data item into different portions of the schema essentially ‘linking’ the data item to that portion of the XML schema. When linked, the final XML data file is built by using the XML schema and then placing data from each output data item into the slots where they are linked into the XML schema.
  • An “Output Data Items List” list-box 352 contains a list of all data outputs available as defined by the data output module 134 via the data transport component or components 162.
  • Depicted in FIG. 18 is an example of a data transport property page 192. The data transport property page 192 allows the user to configure the specific settings of each data transport component 162 used to communicate with the data destination or destinations 124. The example property page 192 depicted in FIG. 18 is an example property page for a data transport component 162 that communicates across a TCP/IP based (wire-based or wireless) network. The data transport property page employs the following user interface elements.
  • A “Target TCP/IP Address” 360 edit field allows the user to enter the target TCP/IP address of the machine or machines forming destinations where data is to be sent.
  • A “Target TCP/IP Port” edit field 362 allows the user to specify a set of one or more TCP/IP ports to use on the target TCP/IP address.
  • A “Use UDB Broadcasting” radio button 364 directs the transport to broadcast the output data using the UDP broadcasting protocol and ignore the target TCP/IP address as data will be sent to all machines forming data destinations 124 on the network 126.
  • A “Use Peer-to-Peer Messaging” radio button 366 directs the transport to use a peer-to-peer messaging protocol such as the one used with Windows Instant Messenger, where data is sent immediately to the target machine forming the data destination 124 and may optionally be displayed in an Instant Messenger viewing application such as Windows Messenger.
  • A “Use Data Streaming” radio button 368 directs the transport to use a data streaming technology where the data outputs are streamed to the target(s) in a manner similar to that of a streaming music or video source. Optionally, the data outputs may also be interleaved into an existing music, video, or other data streaming data source.
  • A “Use Virtual Private Networking Tunneling” radio button 370 directs the transport to use a tunneling technology, where the data packets making up the output data are embedded within another packet type, optionally encrypted and secured, and then sent to the target over another protocol such as HTTP, or in this case the PPTP or L2TP protocol. SOAP or XML messaging is another manner of tunneling where the data is placed within a SOAP or XML ‘envelope’ and then sent over to the output target using the SOAP or other XML messaging protocol.
  • A “Use SMTP E-Mail Format” radio button 372 directs the transport to package the output data sets into an e-mail format and sends it to the target. Further configuration may be required to actually setup a specific e-mail address for the recipient.
  • A “Use SNMP Format” radio button 374 directs the transport to use the SNMP transport to communicate with the output target.
  • An “Enable Data Encryption” check-box 380 enables data encryption such that the data is encrypted before transmission. A “Use Kerberos Security” check-box 382 enables Kerberos security. A “Use 128 bit Encryption” check-box 384 enables 128-bit encryption for the output data packets.
  • An “Enable Transmission Timeout” check-box 386 enables transmission time-out on each communication with the target. When enabled, the sender only waits for an amount of time specified in a data field 386 a for a response from the data destination 124, after which response data received from the target is ignored.
  • The example data routing system 120 is a modular system made up of a set of components as generally described above. In this case, each component is based on a component technology, such as OLE/COM technology defined by Microsoft Corporation.
  • Optionally, each component uses a separate ‘parallel’ ActiveX component to implement all user interface aspects of the main component, also as generally described above. Each ActiveX component may be implemented either within the main component module or separately in its own module. Bundling each object within one module is not required as they may be located at any location (i.e. across a network, and so forth), but doing so may optimize all communication between modules. How and where components are implemented is more of a logistical decision because, once components are built and deployed to the field, it is difficult to update a single component if all components are implemented within a single DLL or EXE module.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates that the components forming the data routing system conform to a single interface identified as the IXMCDirect interface. OLE Categories are used to determine how many components fall into a certain group of components. Components used by the example data routing system 120 fall into the following categories:
      • Data Input Components—Typically, this category includes a single data collector component, but multiple data input components may be used in a large distributed environment.
      • Data Source Components—Many data source components are often used at the same time.
      • Data Output Components—Many data output components are often used at the same time, with each data output component defining at least part of a data output pipeline.
      • Inference Components—One or more inference engine components are used by each data output component.
      • Data Formatter Components—One or more data formatter component components are typically used by each data output module.
      • Data Transport Components—One or more data transport components are typically used by each data output module.
  • The IXMCDirect interface depicted in FIG. 19 is used for most communications between components of the data routing system 120. The IXMCDirect interface is made up of the following functions, which are specified in standard OLE/COM IDL format.
      • A GetProperty method is used to query a specific property from the component implementing the interface.
      • A SetProperty method is used to set a specific property from the component implementing the interface.
      • An InvokeMethod method is used to invoke a specific action on the component implementing the interface. An action can cause an event to occur, carry out a certain operation, query a value, and/or set a value within the component implementing the method.
  • More detailed descriptions of each of the methods implemented by objects implementing the example IXMCDirect interface are described below.
  • The IXMCDirect::GetProperty method is used to query the property corresponding to the property name ‘pszPropName’. Each component defines the properties that it supports. The following table summarizes the GetProperty method implemented by the example IXMCDirect interface:
  • Syntax HRESULT GetProperty( LPCTSTR pszPropName,
      LPXMC_PARAM_DATA rgData,
      DWORD dwCount );
    Parameters LPCTSTR pszPropName - string name of the property to
    query.
    LPXMC_PARAM_DATA rgData - array of
    XMC_PARAM_DATA types that specify each parameter
    corresponding to the property. For example, a certain
    property may be made up of a number of elements - in this
    case an array of XMC_PARAM_DATA items is returned,
    one for each element making up the property. In most
    cases a property is made up of a single element, thus a
    single element array is passed to this method. For more
    information on the XMC_PARAM_DATA type, see
    below.
    DWORD dwCount - number of XMC_PARAM_DATA
    elements in the rgData array.
    Return HRESULT - NOERROR on success, or error code on
    Value failure.
  • The IXMCDirect::SetProperty method is used to set a property in the component corresponding to the ‘pszPropName’ property. For the set of properties supported by the component, see the specific component description. The following table summarizes the SetProperty method implemented by the example IXMCDirect interface:
  • Syntax HRESULT SetProperty( LPCTSTR pszPropName,
      LPXMC_PARAM_DATA rgData,
      DWORD dwCount );
    Parameters LPCTSTR pszPropName - string name of the property
    to set.
    LPXMC_PARAM_DATA rgData - array of
    XMC_PARAM_DATA types that specify each parameter
    corresponding to the property. For example, a certain
    property may be made up of a number of elements - in
    this case an array of XMC_PARAM_DATA items is
    returned, one for each element making up the property.
    In most cases a property is made up of a single element,
    thus a single element array is passed to this method. For
    more information on the XMC_PARAM_DATA type, see
    below.
    DWORD dwCount - number of XMC_PARAM_DATA
    elements in the rgData array.
    Return HRESULT - NOERROR on success, or error code on
    Value failure.
  • The IXMCDirect::InvokeMethod method is used to call a specific method implemented by the component. For more information on the methods supported, see the description of the specific component. The following table summarizes the InvokeMethod method implemented by the example IXMCDirect interface:
  • Syntax HRESULT InvokeMethod( DWORD dwMethodIdx,
      LPXMC_PARAM_DATA rgData,
      DWORD dwCount );
    Parameters DWORD dwMethodIdx - number corresponding to the
    specific method to invoke. For more information on the
    method indexes available, see the set of namespaces defined
    for the component.
    LPXMC_PARAM_DATA rgData [optional] - array of
    XMC_PARAM_DATA types that specify each parameter
    for the method called. For more information on the
    XMC_PARAM_DATA type, see below.
    NOTE: if no parameters exist for the method called, a value
    of NULL must be passed in.
    DWORD dwCount [optional] - number of
    XMC_PARAM_DATA elements in the rgData array.
    NOTE: if no parameters exist for the method called, a value
    of 0 (zero) must be passed in for this parameter.
    LPXMC_PARAM_DATA rgData [optional] - namespace
    associated with the instance of the custom extension module
    added.
    Return HRESULT - NOERROR on success, or error code on
    Value failure.
  • This methods supported by each component making up the system 120 will now be described. Initially, the general methods supported by the majority of the components forming the system 120 will be first be described; the methods supported by each individual component will then be discussed.
  • The XMC_DE_BROWSE_GET_COUNT general method returns the number of data items in the browse set supported by the component and is described in the following table.
  • Index 8020
    Data In None
    Data Out rgData[0]-(number) DWORD, number of browse elements.
  • The XMC_DE_BROWSE_GET_ITEMS general method returns the number of data items in the browse set supported by the component and is described in the following table:
  • Index 8021
    Data In rgData[0] - (number) DWORD, maximum number of
    elements to collect.
    Data Out rgData[0] - (number) number of elements collected, total
    number of elements will equal (rgData[0] * 2 + 1).
    rgData[1] - (string) name of the first browse element.
    rgData[2] - (number) adt of the first browse element.
    rgData[1 + n*2] - (string) name of the n′th browse element.
    rgData[ 2 + n*2] - (number) adt of the n′th browse element.
  • The XMC_DE_SYSTEM_CONNECT_CMPNT general method is used to connect one server to another so that they may interact with one another and is described in the following table:
  • Index 8000
    Data In rgData[0] - (number) DWORD, type of component. The type
    of component is a value that is server specific. For
    component type information, see the description for this
    method under each server's description.
    rgData[1] - (string LPTSTR, component class id as an ASCII
    string.
    Data Out None.
  • The XMC_DE_SYSTEM_DISCONNECT_CMPNT general method is used to disconnect one server from another so that they stop interacting with one another and is described in the following table:
  • Index 8001
    Data In rgData[0] - (number) DWORD, type of component. The type
    of component is a value that is server specific. For
    component type information, see the description for this
    method under each server's description.
    rgData[1] - (string) LPTSTR, component class id as an ASCII
    string.
    Data Out None.
  • The XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS general method is called by a client to process data where a data set is input, processed in some way by the server, and then the resulting data is returned as output. The XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS method is described in the following table:
  • Index 8063
    Data In rgData[0] - (number) DWORD, number of data items input.
    rgData[1 + n*2] - (string) LPCTSTR, name of the data item
    input.
    rgData[2 + n*2] - (number or string), value of the data item.
    Data Out rgData[0] - (number) DWORD, number of data items output.
    rgData[1 + n*2] - (string) LPCTSTR, name of the data item
    output.
    rgData[2 + n*2] - (number) value of the data item.
  • The XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS_CONFIGURE general method is used to configure what type of data is returned when processing a given data item. For example in the server may be configured to return the minimal amount of data on each read (i.e. just the data item value), or the server may be requested to return more substantial data. The XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS_CONFIGURE method is described in the following table:
  • Index 8062
    Data In rgData[0]—(number) DWORD, flag describing the type of
    data to be returned when processing data. The following
    flags are supported:
    XMC_DE_READ_DATA_FLAG_TIMESTAMP—requests
    that the time stamp recorded when processing the
    data is returned.
    NOTE: by default, the data item value is always returned.
    Data Out None.
  • The XMC_DE_DATA_READ general method is called by a client application to poll for data from the server and is defined in the following table:
  • Index 8061
    Data In rgData[0]—(string) LPCTSTR, name of the data item to read.
    Data Out rgData[0]—(number or string), data item value.
    rgData[1]—(OPTIONAL number) DWORD, data item time-
    stamp as a system time value.
    NOTE: Since the last items are optional, only those items
    specified when configuring the data to receive are actually
    sent.
  • The XMC_DE_DATA_READ_CONFIGURE general method is used to configure what type of data is returned when reading a given data item. For example, the server may be configured to return the minimal amount of data on each read (i.e. just the data item value) or the server may be requested to return more substantial data. The following table defines the XMC_DE_DATA_READ_CONFIGURE method:
  • Index 8060
    Data In rgData[0]—(number) DWORD, flag describing the type of
    data to be returned on each read. The following flags are
    supported:
    XMC_DE_READ_DATA_FLAG_TIMESTAMP— requests
    that the time stamp recorded when reading the data
    is returned.
    NOTE: by default, the data item value is always returned.
    Data Out None.
  • The XMC_DE_DATA_WRITE general method is used to write data to a server and is described in the following table:
  • Index 8064
    Data In rgData[0]—(number) DWORD, number of data items.
    rgData[1 + n*2]—(string) LPCTSTR, name of the data item.
    rgData[2 + n*2]—(number or string), value of the data item.
    Data Out None.
  • The XMC_DE_EVENT_ENABLE general method enables/disables a previously subscribed data item in the subscription list maintained by the server. Only enabled subscriptions actually fire. The XMC_DE_EVENT_ENABLE method is defined in the following table:
  • Index 2892
    Data In rgData[0]—(number) DWORD, cookie (unique identifier)
    associated with the subscription. This value is returned to
    the client when calling the subscription XMCAPI above.
    NOTE: using a cookie value of zero (0) will enable/disable
    ALL items subscribed to the server.
    rgData[1]—(number) BOOL, TRUE to enable the
    subscription(s), FALSE to disable the subscription(s). Only
    enabled subscriptions actually fire events.
    Data Out None.
  • This XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA general method is called by the server (and implemented by the client) when each subscribed event fires and is described in the following table:
  • Index 8045
    Data In rgData[0]—(number) DWORD, subscription cookie
    corresponding to the subscribed data item.
    rgData[1]—(number or string), data item value.
    rgData[2]—(OPTIONAL number) DWORD, data item time-
    stamp as a system time value.
    rgData[3]—(OPTIONAL string) LPSTR, data item ASCII text
    name.
    rgData[4]—(OPTIONAL number) DWORD, data item unique
    cookie.
    NOTE: Since the last three items are optional, only those
    items specified when configuring the data to receive are
    actually sent. If, for example, one or more data items are
    NOT requested, then the items are returned in slots shifted
    up toward rgData[1]. For example if only the data item name
    is requested in addition to the default data items, the data
    returned would look like the following:
    rgData[0]—(number) DWORD, subscription cookie.
    rgData[1]—(number or string), data item value.
    rgData[2]—(string) LPSTR, data item name.
    Data Out None.
  • The XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA_CONFIGURE general method is used to configure what type of data is returned on each event that is fired. For example in the server may be configured to send the minimal amount of data on each event (i.e. subscription cookie and data item value), or the server may be requested to return more substantial data. The XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA_CONFIGURE method is defined in the following table:
  • Index 8044
    Data In rgData[0]—(number) DWORD, flag describing the type of
    data to be returned on each event. The following flags are
    supported:
    XMC_DE_EVENT_DATA_FLAG_TIMESTAMP—requests
    that the time stamp recorded when reading the data is
    returned.
    XMC_DE_EVENT_DATA_FLAG_NAME—requests
    that the data items ASCII text name be returned.
    XMC_DE_EVENT_DATA_FLAG_DATA_COOKIE—requests
    that the unique data item cookie corresponding to
    the read made for the data item be returned.
    NOTE: by default, the subscription cookie and data item
    value are always returned.
    Data Out None.
  • The XMC_DE_EVENT_SUBSCRIBE general method subscribes to a given data item activating the event interface when the subscription criteria are met for the data item. All subscribing components use the IXMCDirect interface to receive events received from the server for which they are subscribed. The XMC_DE_EVENT_SUBSCRIBE method is described in the following table:
  • Index 2890
    Data rgData[0]—(number) DWORD, flags describing the initial
    In state of the subscription. The following flags are supported:
    XMC_DE_EVENT_FLAG_ENABLED—subscription is
    immediately enabled upon subscription.
    XMC_DE_EVENT_FLAG_DISABLED—subscription is
    disabled upon making the subscription. The Enable function
    must be called to enable the subscription.
    rgData[1]—(number) DWORD, number of subscription
    criteria rules.
    rgData[2 + (2*n)]—(number) DWORD, event condition type
    where the following types are supported:
    XMC_CNC_EVENTCONDITION_DATA_CHANGE—any
    data changes in the data type above will trigger the event.
    XMC_CNC_EVENTCONDITION_DATA_EQUAL
    XMC_CNC_EVENTCONDITION_DATA_LESSTHAN
    XMC_CNC_EVENTCONDITION_DATA_GREATERTHAN
    XMC_CNC_EVENTCONDITION_DATA_AND
    XMC_CNC_EVENTCONDITION_DATA_OR
    Each of the conditions above are used in a combined
    manner. Where the logical condition (=, <, >) are applied for
    each type respectively.
    For example, in an array that contains the following items:
    rgData[2] = 4 (4 condition values)
    rgData[3] = XMC_CNC_EVENTCONDITION_EQUAL
    rgData[4] = 3.0
    rgData[5] = XMC_CNC_EVENTCONDITION_LESSTHAN
    rgData[6] = 3.0
    rgData[7] = XMC_CNC_EVENTCONDITION_OR
    rgData[8] = 1.0
    rgData[9] =
    XMC_CNC_EVENTCONDITION_GREATHERTHAN
    rgData[10] = 5.0
    the array would be evaluated using the following logic:
    If (DATA <= 3.0 OR DATA > 5.0) then Trigger Event
    rgData[3 + (2*n)]—(number) double, the value for the
    condition. See above.
    Data rgData[0]—(number) DWORD, cookie (unique identifier)
    Out representing the subscription.
  • The XMC_DE_EVENT_UNSUBSCRIBE general method removes a previously subscribed data item from the subscription list maintained by the server and is defined in the following table:
  • Index 2891
    Data In rgData[0]—(number) DWORD, cookie (unique identifier)
    associated with the subscription. This value is returned to
    the client when calling the subscription XMCAPI above.
    NOTE: using a cookie value of zero (0) will unsubscribe ALL
    items subscribed to the server.
    Data Out None.
  • The XMC_DE_SYSTEM_INITIALIZEHW general method is used to initialize any hardware systems associated with the component and is defined in the following table:
  • Index 500
    Data In None.
    Data Out None.
  • The XMC_DE_SYSTEM_SHUTDOWNHW general method is used to shutdown any hardware systems associated with the component and is defined by the following table:
  • Index 501
    Data In None.
    Data Out None.
  • The following discussion will define which of the general methods implemented are implemented by particular components of the system 120.
  • The data collection component 140 implements the general methods described above as indicated in the following table:
  • Not
    Method Implemented Implemented
    XMC_DE_BROWSE_GET_COUNT x
    XMC_DE_BROWSE_GET_ITEMS x
    XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS x
    XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_DATA_READ x
    XMC_DE_DATA_READ_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_DATA_WRITE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_ENABLE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_SUBSCRIBE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_UNSUBSCRIBE x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_CONNECT_CMPNT x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_DISCONNECT_CMPNT x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_INITIALIZEHW x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_SHUTDOWNHW x
  • The following special notes apply to some of the general methods implemented by the data collection component 140.
  • The following component types are valid for the XMC_DE_SYSTEM_CONNECT_CMPNT method as implemented by the data collection component 140: the XMC_DE_CMPNT_TYPE_XMCDSRC, which specifies a data source component 142.
  • The following component types are valid for the XMC_DE_SYSTEM_DISCONNECT_CMPNT method as implemented by the data collection component 140: XMC_DE_CMPNT_TYPE_XMCDSRC, which specifies an data source component 142.
  • The data source component 142 implements the general methods described above as indicated in the following table:
  • Not
    Method Implemented Implemented
    XMC_DE_BROWSE_GET_COUNT x
    XMC_DE_BROWSE_GET_ITEMS x
    XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS x
    XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_DATA_READ x
    XMC_DE_DATA_READ_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_DATA_WRITE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_ENABLE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_SUBSCRIBE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_UNSUBSCRIBE x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_CONNECT_CMPNT x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_DISCONNECT_CMPNT x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_INITIALIZEHW x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_SHUTDOWNHW x
  • There are no special notes for the methods implemented by the data source components 142.
  • The data store component 150 implements the general methods described above as indicated in the following table:
  • Not
    Method Implemented Implemented
    XMC_DE_BROWSE_GET_COUNT x
    XMC_DE_BROWSE_GET_ITEMS x
    XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS x
    XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_DATA_READ x
    XMC_DE_DATA_READ_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_DATA_WRITE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_ENABLE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_SUBSCRIBE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_UNSUBSCRIBE x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_CONNECT_CMPNT x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_DISCONNECT_CMPNT x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_INITIALIZEHW x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_SHUTDOWNHW x
  • The following special notes apply to each of the general methods implemented by the data store component 150.
  • The following component types are valid for the XMC_DE_SYSTEM_CONNECT_CMPNT method on the data store component 150:
      • XMC_DE_CMPNT_TYPE_XMCDCACHE, which specifies a data cache 152;
      • XMC_DE_CMPNT_TYPE_XMCDC, which specifies a data collection component 140 that is connected with events; and
      • XMC_DE_CMPNT_TYPE_XMCDO, which specifies a data transport component 162 that is connected with events.
  • The following component types are valid for the XMC_DE_SYSTEM_DISCONNECT_CMPNT method as implemented by the data store component 150:
      • XMC_DE_CMPNT_TYPE_XMCDCACHE, which specifies a data cache 152;
      • XMC_DE_CMPNT_TYPE_XMCDC, which specifies a data collection component 140 that is connected with events; and
      • XMC_DE_CMPNT_TYPE_XMCDO, which specifies an XMC data output module 134 that is connected with events.
  • The data store component 150 implements the general methods described above as indicated in the following table:
  • Not
    Method Implemented Implemented
    XMC_DE_BROWSE_GET_COUNT x
    XMC_DE_BROWSE_GET_ITEMS x
    XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS x
    XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_DATA_READ x
    XMC_DE_DATA_READ_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_DATA_WRITE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_ENABLE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_SUBSCRIBE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_UNSUBSCRIBE x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_CONNECT_CMPNT x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_DISCONNECT_CMPNT x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_INITIALIZEHW x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_SHUTDOWNHW x
  • There are no special notes for the methods implemented by the data store component 150.
  • The data output component 160 implements the general methods described above as indicated in the following table:
  • Not
    Method Implemented Implemented
    XMC_DE_BROWSE_GET_COUNT x
    XMC_DE_BROWSE_GET_ITEMS x
    XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS x
    XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_DATA_READ x
    XMC_DE_DATA_READ_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_DATA_WRITE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_ENABLE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_SUBSCRIBE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_UNSUBSCRIBE x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_CONNECT_CMPNT x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_DISCONNECT_CMPNT x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_INITIALIZEHW x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_SHUTDOWNHW x
  • The following special notes methods apply to the general methods as implemented by the data output component 160.
  • The following component types are valid for the XMC_DE_SYSTEM_CONNECT_CMPNT as implemented by the data output component 160:
      • XMC_DE_CMPNT_TYPE_XMCINFERENCE, which specifies an inference engine component 166;
      • XMC_DE_CMPNT_TYPE_XMCDFORMAT, which specifies a data formatter component 164; and
      • XMC_DE_CMPNT_TYPE_XMCDTRANSPORT, which specifies a data transport component 162.
  • The following component types are valid for the XMC_DE_SYSTEM_DISCONNECT_CMPNT as implemented by the data output component 160:
      • XMC_DE_CMPNT_TYPE_XMCINFERENCE, which specifies an inference engine component 166.
      • XMC_DE_CMPNT_TYPE_XMCDFORMAT, which specifies an data formatter component 164.
      • XMC_DE_CMPNT_TYPE_XMCDTRANSPORT, which specifies an data transport component 162.
  • The inference engine component 166 implements the general methods described above as indicated in the following table:
  • Not
    Method Implemented Implemented
    XMC_DE_BROWSE_GET_COUNT x
    XMC_DE_BROWSE_GET_ITEMS x
    XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS x
    XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_DATA_READ x
    XMC_DE_DATA_READ_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_DATA_WRITE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_ENABLE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_SUBSCRIBE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_UNSUBSCRIBE x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_CONNECT_CMPNT x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_DISCONNECT_CMPNT x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_INITIALIZEHW x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_SHUTDOWNHW x
  • There are no special notes for the methods implemented by the inference engine component 166.
  • The data formatter component 164 implements the general methods described above as indicated in the following table:
  • Not
    Method Implemented Implemented
    XMC_DE_BROWSE_GET_COUNT x
    XMC_DE_BROWSE_GET_ITEMS x
    XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS x
    XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_DATA_READ x
    XMC_DE_DATA_READ_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_DATA_WRITE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_ENABLE x
    XMCE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_SUBSCRIBE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_UNSUBSCRIBE x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_CONNECT_CMPNT x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_DISCONNECT_CMPNT x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_INITIALIZEHW x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_SHUTDOWNHW x
  • There are no special notes for the methods implemented by the data formatter component 164.
  • The data transport component 162 implements the general methods described above as indicated in the following table:
  • Not
    Method Implemented Implemented
    XMC_DE_BROWSE_GET_COUNT x
    XMC_DE_BROWSE_GET_ITEMS x
    XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS x
    XMC_DE_DATA_PROCESS_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_DATA_READ x
    XMC_DE_DATA_READ_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_DATA_WRITE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_ENABLE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA_CONFIGURE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_SUBSCRIBE x
    XMC_DE_EVENT_UNSUBSCRIBE x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_CONNECT_CMPNT x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_DISCONNECT_CMPNT x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_INITIALIZEHW x
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_SHUTDOWNHW x
  • There are no special notes for the methods implemented by the data transport component 162.
  • All methods exposed by each component in the example data routing system 120 use a standard parameter set to describe data used to set and query properties as well as to invoke methods. The standard parameters are in the following format:
  • pObj->InvokeMethod(LPXMC_PARAM_DATA rgData, DWORD dwCount);
  • Each element in the rgData array corresponds to a parameter, with the first element in the array corresponding to the first parameter.
  • The XMC_PARAM_DATA structure can contain either a numerical or a string value and is defined as follows:
  • typedef struct tagXMC_PARAM_DATA
    {
     LNG_PARAM_DATATYPE adt;
     union
     {
      double df;
      LPTSTR psz;
     };
    }XMC_PARAM_DATA;
  • The ‘adt’ member of the XMC_PARAM_DATA structure describes the data contained within the XMC_PARAM_DATA structure. The values are described below:
  • LNG_PARAM_DATATYPE Description
    LNG_ADT_NUMBER Use this value when passing a
    numerical value via the ‘adt’ member
    of the XMC_PARAM_DATA
    structure.
    LNG_ADT_STAT_STRING Use this value when passing a static
    string value via the ‘psz’ member of the
    XMC_PARAM_DATA
    structure. Static strings do not need to
    be freed from memory.
    LNG_ADT_MEM_STRING Use this value when passing a string
    value via the ‘psz’ member of the
    XMC_PARAM_DATA structure.
    LNG_ADT_MEM_STRING
    denotes that the string must be freed
    from memory during cleanup.
    LNG_ADT_NOP This value is used to ignore items
    within the XMC_PARAM_DATA
    array. When specifies, this parameter
    is not used.
  • When querying and setting boolean TRUE/FALSE values, any non-zero value is considered TRUE, whereas a zero value is considered FALSE.
  • As described herein, the data routing system 120 is designed to collect data from one or more data origins 122, perform some decision logic on the data collected, and then send the data to one or more data destinations 124 based on the outcome of the decision logic run on the data inputs.
  • For example, data inputs may be data items describing the current state of a machine tool, automobile or other machine as shown in FIG. 20. The decision logic would then use these data inputs to determine the overall health or efficiency of the machine. Data outputs would be used to describe the machine's health or efficiency. This model thus operates as a data ‘router’, where data is routed from one or more input to one or more output based on the decision logic run on the inputs. Typically this model is used to ‘cook-down’ a wide array of data inputs that are very detailed in nature, to a more general set of data outputs that describe the overall performance, state or behavior of the machine.
  • However, this overall model can easily run in the reverse where the data input and output roles are reversed. In such an example, as generally shown in FIG. 21 the inputs are general in nature and then decision logic is used to determine the specific detailed outputs necessary to carry out a given behavior or action or to enter a given state.
  • For example using the latter model, a general input to a machine tool may be something like ‘mill a pocket’ at a certain point. The decision logic in turn would then figure out all of the necessary tools, feedrate, spindlerate and moves necessary to create the pocket on the part. Once determined, the decision logic would ‘output’ the values as a set of detailed output values such as the specific feedrate, the specific spindlerate and the move profile to use. Each output would then be sent directly to the machine controller hardware that actually ran the servo algorithms to move the tool and cut the part.
  • In another example, general inputs may be used to direct the path for which a car, airplane, ship or other mobile machine moved to a given destination. For example, a general set of instructions would make up the inputs such as follow road ‘x’ to intersection ‘y’, turn left at intersection ‘y’, drive to house ‘b’. The decision logic in this example would then be used to determine how to drive along road ‘x’ (making sure to track the right hand side of the road by following the yellow or white lines painted on the road), decision logic would determine when the intersection sought had been reached, how to negotiate the turn and drive to house ‘b’. When making each of these decisions the decision logic system would more than likely require additional, more detailed input from sensor systems. Each output could then take a more detailed form such as the speed that the car or other mobile should drive, and the steering adjustments needed to track and follow the desired path on the selected road.
  • II. Second Embodiment Command Distribution
  • The present invention relates to systems and methods for processing various types of commands transmitted between one or more command sources and one or more command targets forming part of a larger command system. The present invention is of particular significance when the command system is part of a motion control system, and that application will be referred to on occasion below. As used herein, the term “command” refers to information that allows an operation to be executed on a command target.
  • The present invention may be implemented using any one or more of a number of different system designs. A self contained system 520 of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS. 22-29. The self contained system 520 describes a command processor component that implements all command processing functionality within a single component. A modular design will be described with reference to FIGS. 30-35. The modular design describes a command processor system made up of the command processor component and one or more command execution components. The example self contained and modular designs are described below with reference to a module interaction description and a set of use cases that describe how the modules interact with one another when carrying out common operations.
  • In the present application, the term “module” is used to refer to a binary block of computer logic that contains functions, objects, components, ActiveX components, .NET source, HTML, XML and/or other computer code that can be executed in real-time or in script form. Several examples of a module include an executable EXE, a dynamic link library DLL, an OLE component or set of components housed within a DLL or EXE, an ActiveX Control, an HTML or XML based Control, a VB script source file, a Java Serverlet, Java Control, Java Object, .NET Package, etc. The term “component” as used herein refers to a logical organization of computer logic designed to perform a set of operations. Several examples of a component are an OLE Component, an ActiveX Control, an HTML or XML based Control, an HTML or XML based object, a .NET object, a Visual Basic based object, etc.
  • Referring now to FIG. 22 of the drawing, depicted therein at 520 is a command processing system constructed in accordance with the principles of a self contained system 520 of the present invention. The self contained system 520 comprises a command processor 522 implemented such that all command processing takes place within a single component. The self contained system 520 may allow for faster command processing than command processing systems using alternative designs.
  • The command processor 522 is designed to run as an individual COM+Component either in a stand alone manner under COM+. In the context of a motion system, the command processor 522 may be designed to operate under a Windows NT Service application for providing motion services (e.g., XMC Service). When run under COM+, the command processor 522 may receive commands in various forms, including SOAP (simple object architecture protocol), Web Services, COM method calls, and by monitoring a section of shared memory for command requests. Various other command input methods may also employed.
  • The example command processing system 520 comprises the command processor component 522, one or more command source components 530, and one or more command target components 532. The example command sources 530 are each associated with a service client 534. The example command processing system 520 further comprises a command service module 540 and a command service configuration and status module (configuration and status module) 542. In some situations, the command processing system 520 may further comprise an event component 544.
  • The example command processor 522 receives, runs, and responds to commands received through first and second areas 550 and 552 of shared memory in the system 520. The command processor may optionally run as a COM+ component that services SOAP or other Web Service requests directly or via COM+. The command processor 522 may optionally communicate with the command target components 532 across a network, depending on the overall system architecture. As used herein, the term “network” refers to a link between two or more computer systems and may be in the form of a packet based network, a streaming based network, broadcast based network, or peer-to-peer based network. Several network examples include a TCP/IP network, the Internet, an Intranet, a wireless network using WiFi, a wireless network using radio waves and/or other light based signals, etc.
  • If the sent commands relate to a command operation that must run as a set of commands or not at all, the command processor 522 may employ command ‘framing’ to ensure that the commands are run as a set. U.S. Pat. No. 6,480,896 to the present Applicant describes a system of command framing in the context of a motion control system.
  • The example service clients 534 are thin service components associated with specific clients or types of clients that interface with the shared memory used to communicate command requests to the command processor 522. Each service client 534 may also relay input to the command processor 522 by receiving commands via some other protocol such as TCP/IP, SOAP Messaging, or the like that is transferred either locally or across a network. Once received, the command is then converted into the appropriate shared memory format to direct the command processor 522 that a new command is ready for processing. Optionally the service client 534 may communicate either locally or across a network using OLE/COM interface methods of the command processor 522. This method is typically not as fast, but can allow for architectural flexibility.
  • In the context of a motion control system, the command sources 530 may be formed by an application programming interface for motion systems 530 a (e.g., XMC API), a system for processing data 530 b (e.g., XMC Data Router), and/or other clients 530 c.
  • The command targets 532 are sets of components used to monitor devices or machines. Each of the command targets 532 may be created for particular device or machine or class of devices or machines. The terms “device” or “machine” as used herein refer to a physical asset used to perform a specified task. For example, a machine may be a CNC Mill used to shape metal, a pick-n-place machine used to position parts on a circuit board, a robotic machine used to perform surgery, a medical data input device used to collect the vitals from a human being (i.e. blood glucose meter, asthma meter, etc), a gaming device used when playing a game, a robotic toy, an animatronics figure, a robotic machine used to deliver goods to a warehouse or to people, an automobile, truck or farm vehicle, a boat or ship that maneuvers in water, a airplane, jet, helicopter and/or spacecraft. Basically any self powered machine or device (mobile or not) that is either directly controlled by humans or automatically controlled via a computer based system.
  • In the context of a motion control system, the command targets may be formed by a system of transmitting data to a motion system (data engine) 534 a (e.g., XMCDE Data Engine system), a system for automating control of a CNC motion system (CNC control system) 534 b (e.g., XMC CNC Automation system), and/or a system for automating control of a GMC motion system (GMC control system) 534 c (e.g., XMC GMC Automation system).
  • The configuration and status module 542 allows the user to configure the service and gain status on how the application is running. The example command service module 542 is a very thin Windows NT Service that optionally hosts the command processor 522, thereby allowing the command processor to run even while the current user is not logged into the system.
  • The event component 544 sends event data received from one of the data sources formed by the target components 532 to one or more ‘listening’ client components 534 associated with the command sources 530. The term “data” as used herein refers to any numeric or string data values collected from a target machine or device in an analog or digital format that is made compatible for computer systems. Examples of data types that represent data items include BIT, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, LONG, REAL, DOUBLE, FLOAT, STRING, ASCII STRING. Data may be collected from data sources using various methods such as reading register values on the data source, reading shared memory provided by the data source, sending commands to the data source for which a data response is given containing the data requested, reading variables provided by the data source, reading and writing to variables in a sequence necessary to produce data values, querying data using a proprietary or standard data protocol, and/or calling a function provided by the target data source.
  • As shown in FIG. 22, the example command processor 522 comprises several C++ objects and Windows NT threads that interact with one another to route the commands received to the appropriate target components that ultimately carry out the specifics of the command requested. In particular, the example command processor 522 comprises a reception thread 560 and one or more command threads 562.
  • The reception thread 560 is responsible for receiving commands placed in the shared memory 552. The reception thread 560 continually scans the shared memory 552 for new commands triggered by the use of global events.
  • In the context of a motion control system, the command threads 562 are of two types, where a first command thread 562 a processes commands associated with the data engine 534 a and the second command thread 562 b processes commands associated with the CNC motion system 534 b and the GMC motion system 534 c.
  • The following C++ objects are used to implement portions of the example command processor 522.
  • The reception thread 560 comprises a ConfigMgr object 570, a DataMgr object 572, and a QueueMgr object 574. The ConfigMgr object 570 accesses configuration information placed in the shared memory area 552 by the configuration and status module 542. The DataMgr 572 pulls commands from the memory area 550 shared with the service clients 534. The example QueueMgr object 574 manages one or more priority queues 576 servicing the command threads 562.
  • The command threads 562 each comprise a StatusMgr object 580, a QueueMgr object 582, and a CommandMgr object 584. The StatusMgr object 580 is manages and updates the status area 552 of the shared memory used by the configuration and status module 542. The status information managed and updated by the StatusMgr object 580 may be displayed to provide a user with visual feedback on what the command threads 562 are actually doing at each point in time, as well as the number of elements in the command queues. The CommandMgr object 584 carries out each command by calling the appropriate target components 532.
  • The interaction of the objects, threads and components forming the command processor 522 will now be described in several common use cases. The following use cases will be described below: Initialization, System Start, Command Processing (First Command Thread), Command Processing (Second Command Thread), Receiving Data, and Receiving Events. The steps making up each use case are described in the order in which they occur.
  • Referring now to FIG. 23, the Initialization use case will first be described. Initialization takes place when an application, such as the command services application 540, first starts up and loads the command processor 522. During this process each of the threads are started and all C++ objects are initialized.
  • The following steps take place when initializing the command processor 522. In step 1, the application hosting the command processor 522, such as the XMC Windows NT Service or COM+ DLLHOST, starts up. In step 2, the host application creates the component forming the command processor 522. When first created, the component forming the command processor 522 creates and starts the reception thread 560 in step 3. In step 4, ConfigMgr, DataMgr and QueueMgr objects 570, 572, and 574 used by the reception thread 560 are created and initialized.
  • In step 5, the second command thread 562 b is created and started. In step 6, an instance of the StatusMgr object 580 b is created and initialized. Once created, this component 580 b may be used to update status information on the overall initialization process. In step 7, instances of the QueueMgr and CommandMgr objects 582 b and 584 b are created and initialized. In step 8, the CommandMgr object 584 b creates an instance of its associated target component 532 a.
  • In step 9, the command thread or threads 562 are created and started. In step 10, an instance of the StatusMgr object 580 a is created and initialized, allowing status information on the initialization progress of the command thread 562 a to be set. In step 11, an instance of the CommandMgr and QueueMgr objects 582 a and 584 a used by the thread 562 a are created and initialized.
  • At step 12, the CommandMgr creates an instance of the command targets 532 b and 532 c. In the context of a motion control system, a multi-system configuration may optionally use separate threads to process CNC and GMC commands respectively.
  • After completing the initialization, the reception thread 560 places itself in the ‘paused’ state so that it will not process any commands until resumed. At this point the command processor 522 is initialized and ready to be started.
  • Once initialized, the reception thread 560 must be resumed from its paused state prior to use of the system 520. No commands are processed until the reception thread 560 is resumed.
  • Referring now to FIG. 24, the following steps occur when starting the command processor 522. In step 1, the hosting command service application 540 calls a method on the command processor 522 component to ‘start’ the command processing. In step 2, upon receiving the ‘start’ call, the command processor 522 component resumes the reception thread 560 causing the DataMgr object 572 to first query for any configuration changes.
  • In step 3, the DataMgr object 572 queries the ConfigMgr object 574 for any configuration changes such as a new priority for the reception thread 560, etc. The ConfigMgr object 570 queries the configuration shared memory for any settings. Once started as shown at step 4, the DataMgr object 572 resumes normal operation and continually checks for new commands in the shared memory.
  • At this point all commands received are processed normally. The following sections describe how two of the main command types are processed; namely the example command threads 562 a and 562 b.
  • Referring first to FIG. 25, depicted therein is the processing implemented by the second type of command thread 562 b. In general, all commands associated with the command target 532 a are processed are routed to the first command target 532 a. Examples of the commands sent to the command target 532 a are ‘Start’ or ‘Pause’ and these commands will be referred to as first type commands.
  • The following steps occur when processing commands destined for the command target 532 a. In step 1, the command source 530 b calls the service client 534 b requesting that a given first type command be run. As generally discussed above, some commands may be initiated by the host itself, a user interface application, or even a protocol listener used to convert and route command requests using the service client 534 b.
  • In step 2, the service client 534 b packages the command into an area within the shared memory area 550 specifically allocated for that instance of the service client 534 b. Within the command processor 522, the reception thread 560 is continually monitoring the shared memory 550 for new commands as shown in step 3. Upon detecting a new command, the DataMgr object 572 extracts the command information from the shared memory area 550.
  • In step 4, the DataMgr object 572 passes the command information to the QueueMgr object 574. In step 5, the QueueMgr object 574 packages the command information into a queue command element and places the command in the priority queue 576 b. The element may be placed at a location in the queue based on the element's priority so that high priority commands are processed sooner than low priority commands.
  • Within the command threads 562, the QueueMgr object 574 implicitly receives the queued command (i.e. it is the same queue accessed in the reception thread 560) as shown in step 6.
  • As shown in step 7, the CommandMgr object 584 b, which continually checks for new commands to run in the command thread 562 b, detects a new command and pulls it from the QueueMgr object 582 b. And finally in step 8, the CommandMgr object directs the command to the command target component 532 a, which carries out the requested command.
  • At this point the command is complete. However, the mechanism just described does not allow notification back to the service client 534 b that requested the command. This type of command is known as a ‘broadcasted’ command, where the command is sent without sending back status on the results of the command carried out.
  • As shown in FIG. 26, the first command thread 562 a operates in a manner similar to that of the second command thread 562 b, except that commands routed through the first command thread 562 a are routed to one of the command targets 532 b and 532 c instead of the command target 532 a.
  • The following steps occur when processing commands destined for the command targets 532 b and 532 c.
  • In step 1, the service client 530 calls the Service Thin Client requesting to run a given first type command. Again, some commands may be initiated by the host itself, a user interface application, or even a protocol listener used to convert and route command requests using the service client 534.
  • In step 2, the service client 534 a packages the command into the area within the shared memory area 550 specifically allocated for that instance of the service client 534 a.
  • Within the command processor 522, the reception thread 560 is continually monitoring the shared memory for new commands as shown in step 3. Upon detecting a new command, the DataMgr object 572 extracts the command information from the shared memory.
  • As shown in step 4, the DataMgr object 572 passes the command information to the QueueMgr object 574. At step 5, the QueueMgr object 574 packages the command information into a queue command element and places the command in the priority queue 576 a. The element may be placed at a location in the queue based on the elements priority so that high priority commands are processed sooner than low priority commands.
  • As shown at step 6, within the command thread 562 a, the QueueMgr object 582 a implicitly receives the queued command (i.e. it is the same queue accessed in the reception thread 560).
  • At step 7, the CommandMgr object 584 a, which continually checks for new commands to run in the command thread 562 a, detects a new command and pulls it from the QueueMgr object 582 a.
  • And finally at step 8, the CommandMgr object 584 a directs the command to the command target component 532 b and/or 532 c which carries out the requested command.
  • At this point the command is complete. Again, no notification is sent back to the service client 534 who requested the command. This example command is known as a ‘broadcasted’ command where the command is sent without sending back status on the results of the command carried out.
  • While running the command processor 522, often it is important to display visual feedback on what the command processor 522 is actually doing. For example, the user may want to know whether the command processor 522 is currently processing a command or how many commands are in the various command queues. The use case illustrated in FIG. 27 illustrates how such user feedback can be attained while running the command processor 522.
  • The following steps occur when updating status while processing each command.
  • In a step 1, the StatusMgr objects 580 a and 580 b collect status information while each of the command threads 562 a and 562 b run. All status information is saved to the status/configuration shared memory area 552.
  • In step 2, each application requesting status information reads the shared memory area 552 where the status information was placed.
  • The service client 534 that requested a command be run will want or need feedback on the results of the command and in many cases data that results from running the command. The use case depicted in FIG. 28 describes how feedback data may be returned to service clients 534.
  • The following steps occur when data and results are to be returned to the service client 534.
  • In step 1, the service client 534 places the command into the shared memory area 550. Included with the command information is the name of the global event for which the service client 534 is waiting and which should be set by the command processor 522 upon completion of the command.
  • As shown in step 2, upon receiving the command, the DataMgr object 572 extracts the command information from the shared memory area 550, including the name of the global event. At step 3, all command information is passed to the QueueMgr object 574.
  • As shown at step 4, the QueueMgr object 574 packages the command information into a command element that is then placed within the appropriate command priority queue 576 a and/or 576 b.
  • In step 5, the CommandMgr objects 584 within the command threads 562 detect the command by querying the QueueMgr object 582 b. In step 6, the QueueMgr objects 582 return the command element or elements to the CommandMgr objects 584.
  • In step 7, the CommandMgr objects 584 run the command by delegating it to the appropriate command target 532. Upon completion of the command, the CommandMgr objects 584 update the shared memory 552 referenced by the command element with the return result and any data returned by the command targets 532. Once all data is updated, the Command Mgr objects 584 set the global event referenced by the command element, notifying other components of the command processor 522 that execution of the command is complete.
  • In step 8, the event that the service client 534 is waiting on is released, thus freeing the service client 534 to continue with the data placed in the shared memory area 552 back in step 7. At this point the command processing for the command is complete.
  • In some cases, it is desirable for the service client 534 to receive ‘unsolicited’ updates when certain events occur. FIG. 29 depicts the situation in which the service client 534 receives updates upon the occurrence of certain events. To receive events, the event component 544 is accessible by the command client 534 and the command target 532. In addition, the service client 534 calls a command source 530 to ‘subscribe’ to the event. Once subscribed, the event is fired to the service client 534 when the event condition is met. The following steps occur when events are sent back to the service client 534.
  • In a first step, when the event condition is met, the component that is the source of the event fires the event using the event component 544. In step 2, the event component 544 sends the ‘global’ event to all instances of the event component 544. In step 3, the instance of the event component 544 used by the service client 534 picks up the event and calls an event handler on the service client 534. At this point the event routing has completed.
  • Referring now to FIGS. 30-35, a modular design of a command processing system 620 of the present invention will now be described. The command processing system 620 comprises command processor 622. The command processing system 620 is more scaleable than the command processing system 520 described above in that it can support any type of command without requiring any changes within the command processor 622.
  • In general, two component types interact with one another to process commands received: the command processor 622 and a number of command execution components that will be described in further detail below. As with the system 520 described above, the system 620 transfers commands between one or more command sources 630 and one or more command targets 632. Each command source 630 is associated with a service client 634. The system 620 further comprises a command services module 640 and a configuration and status module 642. The system 620 further defines shared memory areas 650 and 652 a, 652 b, and 652 c.
  • To process commands, the command processor 622 routes each command received to an appropriate command execution component 660 designated to handle the type of command received.
  • Optionally, each of the command execution components 660 may be given a global priority that dictates how and when the command processor 622 sends commands thereto. For example, FIG. 22 shows how three different types of commands associated with three types of command targets 632 a, 632 b, and 632 c may be supported. The design is specifically intended to support many different kinds of commands, including commands not yet defined by the command implementer of the command processor 622 and/or commands defined by a third party. The design of the command processing system 620 thus allows for supporting many different types of commands without requiring changes in the overall command processor 522 architecture. Another advantage of the design of the command processing system 620 is that this design allows for the deployment of new command types to the field where the command processor 522 is already in use.
  • FIG. 31 is a slightly more detailed block diagram illustrating the command processor 622 and each command execution components 660.
  • The service client 634 functions as an interface between a shared memory area 650 and is used to communicate command requests to the command processor 522. The service clients 634 may also be used to relay input to the command processor 522 by receiving command via some other protocol such as TCP/IP, SOAP Messaging, etc., that is transferred either locally or across a network. Once received, the command is then converted into the appropriate shared memory format to direct the command processor 522 that a new command is ready for processing. Optionally, the service client 634 may communicate either locally or across a network using the OLE/COM interface methods of the components forming the command processor 622. This method is not as fast, but can allow for architectural flexibility.
  • The command processor component 622 receives and delegates each command to the appropriate command execution component 660. The command processor component 622 may also run optionally as a COM+ component that services SOAP or other Web Service requests, either directly or via COM+. Optionally, the command processor 622 may communicate with the command execution components 660 across a network.
  • Command execution components 660 are responsible for running the set of commands associated with the component. For example, individual command execution components 660 a, 660 b, and 660 c run commands that are destined for the target component 632 a, 632 b, and 632 c, respectively. Optionally each individual command execution component 660 may run as a COM+ component. Again, this may not optimize system speed, but can provide desirable architectural flexibility.
  • The command execution components 660 may support using Artificial Intelligence to break down generic commands into a set of more complex commands used to carry out a task. As used herein, the term “artificial intelligence” refers to algorithms such as Neural Networks, Genetic Algorithms, Fuzzy Logic, Expert Systems, combinations of all listed and other computer based decision making and pattern matching based systems. For example, a generic command may state to lift up a box. This command would then be broken down into the sequence of moves given the current position of a loader arm, necessary to pick up the box. The command execution component 660 may use Artificial Intelligence to do such a breakdown.
  • When communicating to the target component 632, the command execution component 660 may do so either locally or across a network depending on the overall system architecture. In the event that the commands sent contain a critical operation that must run as a set of commands or not at all, the command processor may employ a form of command ‘framing’ as generally described above.
  • The example command service component 640 is a very thin Windows NT Service that optionally hosts the command processor 622 thus allowing the command processor to run even while the current user is not logged into the system. It should be noted that future versions may not need this service as COM+ supports running components as a services. Since the command processor component 622 optionally supports COM+ it may also be run as a service in COM+.
  • The configuration and status module application 642 allows the user to configure the command processor 622 and various command execution components 660 and obtain status on how each component is running.
  • The command targets 632 are or may be similar to the command targets 532 described above, and the command targets 632 will not be described again herein beyond what is necessary for a complete understanding of the present invention.
  • Like the event component 544 described above, the event component 544; sends event data received from one of the various command targets 632 to one or more ‘listening’ service clients 634.
  • The details of the example command processor 622 will now be described in detail. The example command processor 622 comprises several C++ objects and a Windows NT thread that interact with one another to route the commands received to the appropriate command execution component 660.
  • The command process comprises a reception thread 670 that receives commands placed in the shared memory area 650. The thread 670 continually scans for new commands in the shared memory area 650. The new commands may be triggered by the use of global events.
  • The following example objects are C++ objects used to implement portions of the command processor 622. A ConfigMgr object 672 pulls configuration information set in the shared memory area 650 by the configuration and status module 642. A DataMgr object 674 pulls commands stored by the service client 634 in the shared memory area 650.
  • The command execution components will now be described in further detail. Within the command execution component 660 several C++ objects and a Windows NT thread interact with one another to run the commands received.
  • Each command execution component 660 comprises a command thread 680. The command threads 680 process commands destined for the command target 632 that supports the command set associated with the command execution component 660.
  • The following C++ objects are used to implement portions of the command execution component 660. A QueueMgr object 682 is responsible for managing the various priority queues 684 servicing the command threads 662.
  • A StatusMgr object 690 manages and updates the status area of the shared memory used by the configuration and status module 642. The status information updated is used to allow visual feedback on the state of the command threads 562 as well as the number of elements in the command queues 684.
  • A CommandMgr object 692 carries out each command by calling the appropriate command targets 632.
  • The interaction of the objects, threads and components of the command processing system 620 will now be described in reference to several common use cases that take place on the command processor 622 during normal use. The following use cases will be described in detail below: Initialization, Command Processing, Receiving Events, and Updating Status.
  • As shown in FIG. 32, when initializing the system, the following steps take place. In step 1, before actually starting the initialization of the component, the user may optionally change the configuration of the component using the configuration and status application 642, which allows the user to configure the command processor 622 and/or all command execution components 660.
  • At step 2, when actually initializing the component, the command target 632 (optionally a DLLHOST used when run as a COM+ server) creates the command processor component 622 and directs it to initialize itself.
  • At step 3, when created, the command processor 622 creates the reception thread 560 and runs it. Within the reception thread 560 the ConfigMgr is initialized at step 4. At step 5, the reception thread 560 initializes the DataMgr object 674.
  • During its initialization, the DataMgr object 674 queries the ConfigMgr object 672 for settings previously made by the user. For example, the list of command execution components 660 installed is queried.
  • At step 7, the DataMgr object 674 then creates each command execution component 660. When created, each command execution component 660 creates its command thread 680 and starts running it at step 8. Within the command thread 680, the StatusMgr, QueueMgr and CommandMgr objects are next initialized at step 9.
  • Upon completion of the command execution component 660 creation, at step 10 the DataMgr object 674 within the reception thread 670 of the command processor 622 sends a command to the command execution component 660 directing the execution component 660 to initialize itself.
  • At step 11, the initialization command is received by the QueueMgr object 692 in the command execution component 660. At step 12, the QueueMgr object 692 immediately places the command received into the command queue 684.
  • Within the command thread 680 of the command execution component 660, at step 13 the CommandMgr object 694 queries the QueueMgr object 692 for any new commands and pulls the initialize command from the queue (previously placed in the queue in step 12 above).
  • The CommandMgr object 694 creates the appropriate command target 632 at step 14, which runs the commands in the set associated with the specific command execution component 660. The command target 632 is also directed to initialize itself making it ready to process commands. Upon completing the initialization, the CommandMgr 694 unlocks the Windows Event associated with the command signifying that the command has been completed.
  • Referring back to the DataMgr object 674 within the reception thread 670 in the command processor component 622, the DataMgr object 674 detects that the command has been completed and prepares to run more commands as shown at step 15.
  • The creation process, in which the command processor 622 and command execution components 660 are created, and the initialization process may optionally be separated. In this case, a specific command is first created and then a specific ‘initialize’ command is then sent to the command processor directing it to prepare for receiving commands. In such a situation, the command processor 622 could block (wait until the initialization command completed) and then return the results of the initialization back to the configuration and status application 642 (or other host, such as DLLHOST, or a service client 634 using DLLHOST).
  • At this point the command processor 622 is running and ready to process commands from the service client or clients 534.
  • Referring now to FIG. 33, the following steps take place when processing a given command. In step 1, the service client 634 software calls the service client 634 directing it to run a given command.
  • In the step 2, the service client 634 then places the command information into the shared memory area 650 designated by the command processor 622 for the specific instance of the service client 634 (this designation occurs when first creating the service client 634). Optionally, the service client 634 then waits for the command processor 622 to signal that the event has completed. This signaling occurs either through information passed through the shared memory or with a global synchronization object, like a Windows NT Event object.
  • In step 3, the DataMgr object 674 of the reception thread 670 in the command processor 622 detects that a command is ready in the shared memory 650. The command information is extracted from the shared memory 650.
  • In step 4, the DataMgr object 674 sends the command information to the command execution component 660.
  • Upon receiving the command information, the information is routed to the QueueMgr 692 which then places the command information into the command queue at step 5. Optionally, the command information is placed into the queue 684 at a location specified by the command priority. For example, a high priority command may be placed at the beginning of the queue (i.e. pulled off the queue first) whereas a low priority command may be placed at the end of the queue (i.e. pulled off the queue last).
  • In step 6, the CommandMgr 694 within the command thread 680 queries the QueueMgr 692 for any commands that may exist and, if one does exist, pulls the command from the front of the command queue 684.
  • The command is then run at step 7 by passing the command to the command target 632 used to run the command. For example, second type command might be passed to the second command target 660 b.
  • At step 8, upon completion of the command, the CommandMgr 694 copies all return data into the shared memory 650 and then either toggles information in the shared memory 650 associated with the command or signals a synchronization object, such as a Windows NT Event, to signify that the command has completed.
  • In step 9, the service client 634 detects that the command has completed and picks up any return data placed in the shared memory 650 and returns it to the command source 530.
  • At this point the command processing has completed.
  • Referring now to FIG. 34, the following steps occur when the service client 634 receives unsolicited events from the command target 632.
  • When the event condition is met (the event condition being previously configured), the command target 632 fires the event using the event component 644 as shown in step 1. In step 2, the event component 644 fires the event to all listening components including other instances of the event component 644. In step 3, the instance of the event component 644 used by the service client 634 picks up the event and routes it to the service client 634. The service client 634 then routes the event information to the command source 630.
  • At this point the event processing is complete.
  • Referring now to FIG. 35, the following steps take place when updating status information while the command processor component 622 and command execution component 660 process commands.
  • In step 1, during each loop within each command execution component 660 status information is continuously updated using the StatusMgr object 690. For example, the number of commands in the command queue 684 may be set in the status shared memory 652.
  • The configuration and status module 642 is then able to pick up the information from the shared memory and display it to the user, thus notifying the user of the status of each command execution module 660 (and optionally command processor 622) components. Optionally, a separate thread may be used to monitor status information so as to not slow down or otherwise interfere with the command thread.
  • As generally described above, the example command processor 622 is a modular system made up of a set of components (i.e. each component is based on a component technology such as OLE/COM from Microsoft Corporation). Optionally, each component uses a separate ‘parallel’ ActiveX component to implement all user interface aspects of the main component. Each ActiveX component may be implemented either within the main component module or separately in its own module. Bundling each object within one module is not required as the objects may be located at any location (i.e. across a network, and so forth), but doing so may optimize communication between modules. The exact location of the components in any given implementation of the present invention is merely a logistical decision. Once components are built and deployed, it is difficult to update a single component if all components are implemented within a single DLL or EXE module.
  • As shown in FIG. 36, the example components forming the command processor 622 implement, at a minimum, a single interface: the IXMCDirect interface. Optionally, components that receive events from other components can implement the IXMCDirectSink interface as well.
  • OLE Categories are used to determine how many components fall into a certain group of components. Currently the following categories are used:
      • command processor components—Typically there is only one command processor component 622. However, in the event that the command processor improves over time and has future more improved versions, each new and improved version would fall into this category of components.
      • command execution components—command execution components 660 are used to process a set of commands of a given type. For example, the first command target 632 a, the second command target 632 b, and the third command target 132 c represent command types that may each have an associated command execution component 660.
  • The IXMCDirect interface is used for most communications between all components making up the command processor 622 Technology. The following methods make up this interface (as specified in the standard OLE/COM IDL format):
      • GetProperty—This method is used to query a specific property from the component implementing the interface.
      • SetProperty—This method is used to set a specific property from the component implementing the interface.
      • InvokeMethod—This method is used to invoke a specific action on the component implementing the interface. It should be noted that an action can cause an event to occur, carry out a certain operation, query a value and/or set a value within the component implementing the method.
  • A more detailed description of each method implemented by the object is described below.
  • IXMCDirect::GetProperty
  • Syntax HRESULT GetProperty( LPCTSTR pszPropName,
      LPXMC_PARAM_DATA rgData,
      DWORD dwCount );
    Parameters LPCTSTR pszPropName - string name of the property to
    query.
    LPXMC_PARAM_DATA rgData - array of
    XMC_PARAM_DATA types that specify each parameter
    corresponding to the property. For example, a certain
    property may be made up of a number of elements - in this
    case an array of XMC_PARAM_DATA items is returned,
    one for each element making up the property. In most
    cases a property is made up of a single element, thus a
    single element array is passed to this method. For more
    information on the XMC_PARAM_DATA type, see
    below.
    DWORD dwCount - number of XMC_PARAM_DATA
    elements in the rgData array.
    Return HRESULT - NOERROR on success, or error code on
    Value failure.
  • This method is used to query the property corresponding to the property name ‘pszPropName’. Each component defines the properties that it supports.
  • IXMCDirect::SetProperty
  • Syntax HRESULT SetProperty( LPCTSTR pszPropName,
      LPXMC_PARAM_DATA rgData,
      DWORD dwCount );
    Parameters LPCTSTR pszPropName - string name of the property to
    set.
    LPXMC_PARAM_DATA rgData - array of
    XMC_PARAM_DATA types that specify each parameter
    corresponding to the property. For example, a certain
    property may be made up of a number of elements - in this
    case an array of XMC_PARAM_DATA items is returned,
    one for each element making up the property. In most
    cases a property is made up of a single element, thus a
    single element array is passed to this method. For more
    information on the XMC_PARAM_DATA type, see
    below.
    DWORD dwCount - number of XMC_PARAM_DATA
    elements in the rgData array.
    Return HRESULT - NOERROR on success, or error code on
    Value failure.
  • This method is used to set a property in the component corresponding to the ‘pszPropName’ property. For the set of properties supported by the component, see the specific component description.
  • IXMCDirect::InvokeMethod
  • Syntax HRESULT InvokeMethod( DWORD dwMethodIdx,
      LPXMC_PARAM_DATA rgData,
      DWORD dwCount );
    Parameters DWORD dwMethodIdx - number corresponding to the
    specific method to invoke. For more information on the
    method indexes available, see the set of namespaces
    defined for the component.
    LPXMC_PARAM_DATA rgData [optional] - array of
    XMC_PARAM_DATA types that specify each parameter
    for the method called. For more information on the
    XMC_PARAM_DATA type, see below.
    NOTE: if no parameters exist for the method called, a value
    of NULL must be passed in.
    DWORD dwCount [optional] - number of
    XMC_PARAM_DATA elements in the rgData array.
    NOTE: if no parameters exist for the method called, a value
    of 0 (zero) must be passed in for this parameter.
    LPXMC_PARAM_DATA rgData [optional] - namespace
    associated with the instance of the custom extension
    module added.
    Return HRESULT - NOERROR on success, or error code on
    Value failure.
  • This method is used to call a specific method implemented by the component. For more information on the methods supported, see the description of the specific component.
  • The IXMCDirectSink interface is an event reception point on which one component can send event data to another. The component implementing this interface is the event receiver. The event source calls the interface passing to it event data.
  • The IXMCDirectSink interface is made up of the following functions.
      • OnEvent—This method is called by the event source when an event occurs (i.e. the conditions defining the event are met).
      • OnError—This method is called by the event source when an error occurs.
  • A more detailed description of each method implemented by the object is described below.
  • IXMCDirectSink::OnEvent
  • Syntax HRESULT OnEvent( long IApiIdx,
      SAFEARRAY** ppSA );
    Parameters long IApiIdx - index associated with the event type . . .
    SAFEARRAY** ppSA - pointer to a pointer to a
    SAFEARRAY containing an array of
    XMC_PARAM_DATA structures.
    For more information on the
    XMC_PARAM_DATA type, see below.
    Return HRESULT - NOERROR on success, or error code on
    Value failure.
    Notes The SAFEARRAY passed to this method contains an array
    of XMC_PARAM_DATA structures. This array has the
    following entries:
    rgData[0] LONG IConnectionCookie - unique cookie associated with
    this connection to the XMC Motion Server (returned when
    calling the InitializeHardware method on the XMC Motion
    Server).
    rgData[1] DWORD dwSubscriptionCookie - unique cookie associated
    with the subscription for which this event has fired. This
    cookie is returned when making the subscription.
    rgData[2] DWORD dwDataCookie - unique cookie associated with
    the specific data change that triggered the event. This
    cookie is generated within the XMC Motion Server.
    rgData[3] LPCTSTR pszItemName - name of the item or variable for
    which the subscription is associated.
    rgData[4] double dfTimeStamp - number of milliseconds passed from
    the time that the event pump, implemented by the XMC
    Motion Server, was first started.
    rgData[5] DWORD dwDataCount - number of data values associated
    with the event (i.e. the number of structure elements that
    follow).
    rgData[6 + Number or String - actual data values associated with the
    n] event.
  • This method is called by the event source and passed the event data in a SAFEARRAY form for easy marshalling across process boundaries.
  • IXMCDirectSink::OnError
  • Syntax HRESULT OnError( long IApiIdx,
      SAFEARRAY** ppSA );
    Parameters long IApiIdx - index associated with the event type . . .
    SAFEARRAY** ppSA - pointer to a pointer to a
    SAFEARRAY containing an array of
    XMC_PARAM_DATA structures.
    For more information on the
    XMC_PARAM_DATA type, see below.
    Return HRESULT - NOERROR on success, or error code on
    Value failure.
    Notes The SAFEARRAY passed to this method contains an array
    of XMC_PARAM_DATA structures. This array has the
    following entries:
    rgData[0] LONG IConnectionCookie - unique cookie associated with
    this connection to the XMC Motion Server (returned when
    calling the InitializeHardware method on the XMC Motion
    Server).
    rgData[1] DWORD dwSubscriptionCookie - unique cookie associated
    with the subscription for which this event has fired. This
    cookie is returned when making the subscription.
    rgData[2] DWORD dwDataCookie - unique cookie associated with
    the specific data change that triggered the event. This
    cookie is generated within the XMC Motion Server.
    rgData[3] LPCTSTR pszItemName - name of the item or variable for
    which the subscription is associated.
    rgData[4] double dfTimeStamp - number of milliseconds passed from
    the time that the event pump, implemented by the XMC
    Motion Server, was first started.
    rgData[5] HRESULT hrResult - result code of the error for which the
    event is associated.
    rgData[6] LPCTSTR pszError - string description of the error.
    rgData[7] LONG ISrcError - error code describing the source of the
    error. For example, this may be an error code returned by
    a computer controlled piece of hardware.
    rgData[8] LPCTSTR pszSrcError - string describing the source error.
  • This method is called by the event source when an error occurs and passed the event error data in a SAFEARRAY form for easy marshalling across process boundaries.
  • The methods supported by each component making up the system 620 will now be described. In particular, the methods supported by the majority of the components will be described below. For the specific list of methods supported by each component, see the section describing each component.
  • XMC_CP_SYSTEM_CONNECT_CMPNT
  • Index 8000
    Data In rgData[0] - (number) DWORD, type of component. The
    type of component is a value that is server specific. For
    component type information, see the description for this
    method under each server's description.
    rgData[1] - (string) LPTSTR, component class id as an
    ASCII string.
    Data Out None.
  • This method is used to connect one server to another so that they may interact with one another.
  • XMC_CP_SYSTEM_DISCONNECT_CMPNT
  • Index 8001
    Data In rgData[0] - (number) DWORD, type of component. The
    type of component is a value that is server specific. For
    component type information, see the description for this
    method under each server's description.
    rgData[1] - (string) LPTSTR, component class id as an
    ASCII string.
    Data Out None.
  • This method is used to disconnect one server to another so that they stop interacting with one another.
  • XMC_CP_PROCESS_START
  • Index 8500
    Data In None.
    Data Out None.
  • This method is called to start the command processor technology making it ready to process commands.
  • XMC_CP_PROCESS_ENABLE
  • Index 8501
    Data In rgData[0] - (number) BOOL - TRUE enables the command
    processor, FALSE disables it. The command processor only
    processes commands when it is enabled.
    Data Out None.
  • This method is used to configure what type of data is returned when processing a given data item. For example in the server may be configured to return the minimal amount of data on each read (i.e. just the data item value), or the server may be requested to return more substantial data.
  • XMC_CP_PROCESS_STOP
  • Index 8061
    Data In None.
    Data Out None.
  • This method is called to shut-down the command processor.
  • XMC_DE_EVENT_ENABLE
  • Index 2892
    Data In rgData[0] - (number) DWORD, cookie (unique identifier)
    associated with the subscription. This value is returned to
    the service client 34 when calling the subscription
    COMMAND SOURCE #1 above.
    NOTE: using a cookie value of zero (0) will enable/disable
    ALL items subscribed to the server.
    rgData[1] - (number) BOOL, TRUE to enable the
    subscription(s), FALSE to disable the subscription(s). Only
    enabled subscriptions actually fire events.
    Data Out None.
  • This method enables/disables a previously subscribed data item in the subscription list maintained by the server. Only enabled subscriptions actually fire.
  • XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA
  • Index 8045
    Data In rgData[0] - (number) DWORD, subscription cookie
    corresponding to the subscribed data item.
    rgData[1] - (number or string), data item value.
    rgData[2] - (OPTIONAL number) DWORD, data item time-
    stamp as a system time value.
    rgData[3] - (OPTIONAL string) LPSTR, data item ASCII text
    name.
    rgData[4] - (OPTIONAL number) DWORD, data item unique
    cookie.
    NOTE: Since the last three items are optional, only those
    items specified when configuring the data to receive are
    actually sent. If, for example, one or more data items are
    NOT requested, then the items are returned in slots shifted
    up toward rgData[1]. For example if only the data item name
    is requested in addition to the default data items, the data
    returned would look like the following:
    rgData[0] - (number) DWORD, subscription cookie.
    rgData[1] - (number or string), data item value.
    rgData[2] - (string) LPSTR, data item name.
    Data Out None.
  • This method is called by the server (and implemented by the service client 534) when each subscribed event fires.
  • XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA_CONFIGURE
  • Index 8044
    Data In rgData[0] - (number) DWORD, flag describing the type of
    data to be returned on each event. The following flags are
    supported:
    XMC_DE_EVENT_DATA_FLAG_TIMESTAMP -
    requests that the time stamp recorded when reading the
    data is returned.
    XMC_DE_EVENT_DATA_FLAG_NAME - requests that
    the data items ASCII text name be returned.
    XMC_DE_EVENT_DATA_FLAG_DATA_COOKIE -
    requests that the unique data item cookie corresponding to
    the read made for the data item be returned.
    NOTE: by default, the subscription cookie and data item
    value are always returned.
    Data Out None.
  • This method is used to configure what type of data is returned on each event that is fired. For example in the server may be configured to send the minimal amount of data on each event (i.e. subscription cookie and data item value), or the server may be requested to return more substantial data.
  • XMC_DE_EVENT_SUBSCRIBE
  • Index 2890
    Data In rgData[0] - (number) DWORD, flags describing the initial
    state of the subscription. The following flags are supported:
    XMC_DE_EVENT_FLAG_ENABLED - subscription is
    immediately enabled upon subscription.
    XMC_DE_EVENT_FLAG_DISABLED - subscription is
    disabled upon making the subscription. The Enable function
    must be called to enable the subscription.
    rgData[1] - (number) DWORD, number of subscription
    criteria rules.
    rgData[2 + (2 * n)] - (number) DWORD, event condition type
    where the following types are supported:
    XMC_CNC_EVENTCONDITION_DATA_CHANGE -
    any data changes in the data type above will trigger the event.
    XMC_CNC_EVENTCONDITION_DATA_EQUAL
    XMC_CNC_EVENTCONDITION_DATA_LESSTHAN
    XMC_CNC_EVENT-
    CONDITION_DATA_GREATERTHAN
    XMC_CNC_EVENTCONDITION_DATA_AND
    XMC_CNC_EVENTCONDITION_DATA_OR
    Each of the conditions above are used in a combined
    manner. Where the logical condition (=, <, >) are applied for
    each type respectively.
    For example, in an array that contains the following items:
    rgData[2] = 4 (4 condition values)
    rgData[3] = XMC_CNC_EVENTCONDITION_EQUAL
    rgData[4] = 3.0
    rgData[5] =
    XMC_CNC_EVENTCONDITION_LESSTHAN
    rgData[6] = 3.0
    rgData[7] = XMC_CNC_EVENTCONDITION_OR
    rgData[8] = 1.0
    rgData[9] =
    XMC_CNC_EVENTCONDITION_GREATHERTHAN
    rgData[10] = 5.0
    the array would be evaluated using the following logic:
    If (DATA <= 3.0 OR DATA > 5.0) then Trigger Event
    rgData[3 + (2 * n)] - (number) double, the value for the
    condition. See above.
    Data Out rgData[0] - (number) DWORD, cookie (unique identifier)
    representing the subscription.
  • This method subscribes to a given data item activating the event interface when the subscription criteria are met for the data item. In the example system 620, all unsubscribing components must use the IXMCDirect interface to receive events received from the server for which they are subscribed.
  • XMC_DE_EVENT_UNSUBSCRIBE
  • Index 2891
    Data In rgData[0] - (number) DWORD, cookie (unique identifier)
    associated with the subscription. This value is returned to
    the service client 34 when calling the subscription
    COMMAND SOURCE #1 above.
    NOTE: using a cookie value of zero (0) will unsubscribe ALL
    items subscribed to the server.
    Data Out None.
  • This method removes a previously subscribed data item from the subscription list maintained by the server.
  • XMC_DE_SYSTEM_INITIALIZEHW
  • Index 500
    Data In None.
    Data Out None.
  • This method is used to initialize any hardware systems associated with the component.
  • XMC_DE_SYSTEM_SHUTDOWNHW
  • Index 501
    Data In None.
    Data Out None.
  • This method is used to shut down any hardware systems associated with the component.
  • The command processor component 622 implements the following general methods listed above.
  • Not
    Method Implemented Implemented
    XMC_CP_PROCESS_START X x
    XMC_CP_PROCESS_ENABLE X x
    XMC_CP_PROCESS_STOP X
    XMC_DE_EVENT_ENABLE X
    XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA X
    XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA_CONFIGURE X
    XMC_DE_EVENT_SUBSCRIBE X
    XMC_DE_EVENT_UNSUBSCRIBE X
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_CONNECT_CMPNT X
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_DISCONNECT_CMPNT X
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_INITIALIZEHW X
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_SHUTDOWNHW X
  • There are no special notes for the methods that this component implements.
  • The command execution components 660 implement the following general methods listed in the general component methods section above.
  • Not
    Method Implemented Implemented
    XMC_CP_PROCESS_START X
    XMC_CP_PROCESS_ENABLE X
    XMC_CP_PROCESS_STOP X
    XMC_DE_EVENT_ENABLE X
    XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA X
    XMC_DE_EVENT_RECEIVE_DATA_CONFIGURE X
    XMC_DE_EVENT_SUBSCRIBE X
    XMC_DE_EVENT_UNSUBSCRIBE X
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_CONNECT_CMPNT X
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_DISCONNECT_CMPNT X
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_INITIALIZEHW X
    XMC_DE_SYSTEM_SHUTDOWNHW X
  • There are no special notes for the methods that this component implements.
  • The definitions of all special types used by the methods and properties of each component making up the command processor system 622 will now be described.
  • XMC_PARAM_DATA Structure
  • All methods exposed by each component in the example system 622 use a standard parameters set to describe data used to set and query properties as well as invoke methods. The standard parameters are in the following format:
  • pObj->InvokeMethod(LPXMC_PARAM_DATA rgData, DWORD dwCount);
  • Each element in the rgData array corresponds to a parameter, with the first element in the array corresponding to the first parameter.
  • The XMC_PARAM_DATA structure can contain either a numerical or a string value and is defined as follows:
  • typedef struct tagXMC_PARAM_DATA
    {
     LNG_PARAM_DATATYPE adt;
     union
     {
      double df;
      LPTSTR psz;
     };
    }XMC_PARAM_DATA;
  • The ‘adt’ member of the XMC_PARAM_DATA structure describes the data contained within the XMC_PARAM_DATA structure. The values are described below:
  • LNG_PARAM_DATATYPE Description
    LNG_ADT_NUMBER Use this value when passing a
    numerical value via the ‘adt’ member
    of the XMC_PARAM_DATA
    structure.
    LNG_ADT_STAT_STRING Use this value when passing a static
    string value via the ‘psz’ member of the
    XMC_PARAM_DATA structure.
    Static strings do not need to be freed
    from memory.
    LNG_ADT_MEM_STRING Use this value when passing a string
    value via the ‘psz’ member of the
    XMC_PARAM_DATA structure.
    LNG_ADT_MEM_STRING denotes
    that the string must be freed from
    memory during cleanup.
    LNG_ADT_NOP This value is used to ignore items
    within the XMC_PARAM_DATA
    array. When specifies, this parameter is
    not used.
  • When querying and setting boolean TRUE/FALSE values, any non-zero value is considered TRUE, whereas a zero value is considered FALSE.
  • The command processor 622 of the present invention may be used on more than just motion based devices and machines, although the present invention is of particular significance in that environment. The principles of the present invention may also be used to send commands to medical devices where each command directs the medical device to carry out a set of operations. It may also be used to send commands to farming equipment, heavy machinery such as tractors, excavators, bulldozers, cranes, semi-trucks, automobiles, drilling equipment, water craft such as submersibles, boats and ships, airplanes (including jets), spacecraft, satellites, and any other kind of mobile device or machine that moves on land, water or within the air or space.
  • The technology implemented by the present invention may be used to send commands in the following environments:
      • office equipment such as printers, fax machines, telephone systems, internet routers, internet firewalls and security cameras and general security systems.
      • general consumer devices such as home entertainment systems, televisions, microwaves, ovens, refrigerators, washers and driers, vacuums, hand held music systems, personal digital assistants, toys, musical instruments, etc.
      • yard items such as lawn mowers, yard care devices, snow blowers, air blowers, edger's, etc.
      • military equipment such as drone airplanes, drone tanks, drone land mobiles, drone boats, tanks, ships, jets and any other mobile or stationary devices used on land, sea or in the air or space.
      • various types of factory equipment that may or may not use motion to carry out its task, such as i/o devices, analog devices, CNC machines, General Motion machines, FMS machines, measuring systems, etc.
      • animatronics devices such as robot dogs, robotic mannequins, robotic helpers, or other robotic human-like or robotic animal like devices.
  • The term “command data” as used herein refer to any numeric or string data values used to describe the command and parameters describing how to perform the command. For example, BIT, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, LONG, REAL, DOUBLE, FLOAT, STRING, ASCII STRING are a few command data types that represent commands and/or command parameters. Command data may eventually be sent to the command target by writing register values on the command target, writing to shared memory provided by the command target, sending commands to the command target for which a data response is given containing the data requested, writing to variables provided by the command target, reading and writing to variables in a sequence necessary to carry out the commanded operation, using a proprietary or standard data protocol, calling a function provided by the command target, etc.
  • III. Third Embodiment Database Distribution
  • Referring now to FIGS. 37-43 of the drawing, depicted therein is an example data routing system 720 constructed in accordance with, and embodying, the principles of the present invention. The example data routing system 720 comprises a data engine 722, a data source 724, a data transport 726, and a protocol server 728.
  • The example data routing system 720 is designed to operate, in a first implementation, in conjunction with a machine platform 730, a database server platform 732, and an event system 734 as shown in FIG. 37. The data example routing system 720 also operates, in a second implementation, in conjunction with a database client 736 and a command processor 738 as shown in FIG. 43.
  • The data engine 722 is configured to manage the overall data routing system 720. The data source 724 forms an input to the data router system 720 by providing a link to the data source such as the machine platform 730. The example data source 724 provides this link using OLE Automation interfaces. The data transport 726 forms an output of the data router system 720 that sends data to a data target such as the database server platform 732. The protocol server 728 receives events from the event system 734 each time a record is entered into the database server platform 732.
  • The example machine platform 730 is connected to, or incorporates, a target machine and is configured to unify the data of and access to the target machine. Within the example machine platform 730 is an event thread pool 740 is used to send data to outbound targets such as data source 724 of the data routing system 720. The example machine platform 730 also incorporate an optional motion event component 742 such as that described in the Applicants' U.S. Pat. No. 5,691,897. The contents of the '897 patent is included herein by reference.
  • The example server platform 732 incorporates or is formed by a Microsoft SQL server that defines a data router database 750. The data router database 750 is configured with a number of tables including a ‘States’ table that contains all state updates made by the data router system 720 as will be described in further detail herein. The ‘States’ table also includes an INSERT trigger that fires each time a record is inserted into the table.
  • The event system 734 comprises a database event 760 and a system event 762. In the example data router database 750, when the INSERT trigger fires, the database event 760 is called and thus notified of the newly inserted data. The example database event 760 is the XMCSQLEVT event, which is a Com+ event as implemented by the example database 750.
  • The database event 760 uses the system event 762 to notify any outside application, such as the protocol server 728, of data updates made to the ‘States’ table within the data router database 750. In particular, the example protocol server 728 receives, through the event system 762, events from the database event 760 each time a record is inserted into the ‘States’ table. Upon receiving each event, the protocol server 728 updates an internal cache for the data item.
  • When outside clients of the protocol server 728 read the data item, the data from the cache is served up to the client. In addition, the example protocol server 728 may also browse the data router database 750 for all assets, states, and sub-states to create an address space that reflects the data within the tables defined by the data router database 750.
  • The protocol server 528 depicted in FIGS. 37-43 is presented simply as an illustration of one example of how the data routing system 720 may be configured. The example protocol server 528 relies on tables and triggers from within data router database and need not configured based on any upstream software that places data within those tables.
  • Turning now to FIGS. 38-43 of the drawing, depicted therein are a number of use cases illustrating sequences of steps that are performed by one or more of the modules making up the data routing system 720 and the machine platform 730, server platform 732, event system 734, database client 736, and/or command processor 738. In particular, the following use cases are described: initialization of the overall system; how the data items provided by the server are browsed; how the data updates are made on the server; how clients of the server read and receive data; and an alternative configuration of the data routing system 720 that uses data router database 750 to command a motion system associated with the machine platform 730 to perform one or more actions.
  • Referring initially to FIGS. 38 and 39 of the drawing, an example of the process of initializing the data routing system 720 is depicted therein. The initialization process is a two step process. First the data router database 750 is initialized as shown in FIG. 38. Second, protocol server 728 is initialized as shown in FIG. 39.
  • In the example data routing system 720, the data router database 750 is initialized before the protocol server 728 is initialized.
  • The following steps take place when initializing the example data router database 750. First, a software application portion of the data routing system 720 is used to initialize the database by configuring the data transport 726 and directing the data transport 726 to initialize the data router database 750 by using, for example, an XML data file that describes all assets, states and sub-states that are to be loaded into the database. Second, during this process data transport 726 creates all tables and creates an INSERT Trigger on the ‘States’ table that calls the XMC SQL Event Class each time a record is inserted into the ‘States’ table. When the data router database 750 is initialized, the database 750 is ready for use by the protocol server 728.
  • The protocol server 728 is initialized each time a client application creates an instance of the server 728 to use. FIG. 39 illustrates one example of the process of initializing the protocol server 728. The following steps are performed when the protocol server 728 is initialized. First, the protocol server 728 browses the ‘Assets’ table to receive a list of all assets as well as the ‘StateTagsView’ to receive a list of all states and their sub-states. The protocol server 728 uses the list of all assets and list of all states and their sub-states to build the address space of the protocol server 728.
  • Second, the protocol server 728 subscribes to the event class associated with the database event 760 defined by the event system 734. The example protocol server 728 subscribes to the late bound XMC SQL Event Class provided by the COM+ Event System. At this point the protocol server 728 is ready to use. In the example described herein, an internal item tree, used when browsing items, is built during the first step of the process of initializing the protocol server 728.
  • Referring now to FIG. 40 of the drawing, a browsing process implemented by the data routing system 720 will now be described. Browsing is the process if viewing (and walking) the list of items exposed by the protocol server 728. More specifically, browsing is the process of either visually selecting items from a tree of items browsed, or programmatically selecting one or more items from the tree. In addition, browsing may involve walking the tree items. For example, when searching for a given item, a program may iteratively look at each item while it determines if each is the item the program is looking for.
  • The example item tree used by the process illustrated in FIG. 40 is made up of asset names at the top level, states at the next level, and sub-states at the last ‘leaf’ level. An example of the item tree is set forth below:
  • Root
    |
    |--Asset
     |
     |-- State
      |
      |-- Sub-State (this is the item)
  • During the browsing process, each of the elements making up the item tree are retrieved from the data router database 750. In the example system depicted in FIG. 40, the Assets are loaded from the ‘Assets’ table, and the State and Sub-States are retrieved from the ‘StateTagsView’ view.
  • The following step takes place when browsing items exposed by the protocol server 728. The protocol server 728 walks the browse tree that was previously built when initializing the server by querying the Assets table and StateTagsView view. Browsing the items allows an application to select which data items are to be monitored.
  • Referring now to FIG. 41 of the drawing, depicted therein is the data update process. Data updates are received by the protocol server 528 each time a record is inserted into the ‘States’ table of the data router database 750. In the example depicted in FIG. 41, upon the completion of each insert, the database 750 calls the database event 760 (XMC SQL Event Class), which routes an event to the protocol server protocol server (XMC SQL OPC Server) via the system event 762 (COM+ Event System).
  • The following steps occur when data updates are processed by the system. First, a data event is fired by one of the threads in the event thread pool provided by the motion event component 742 of the machine platform 720. The motion event component 742 may be as described in copending U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 11/067,327 and 11/375,502. The contents of the '327 and '502 applications are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Second, the data source 724 receives the event and passes the information up to the data engine 722. Third, the data engine 722 runs the data associated with the received event through a set of rules that determine whether the data should be sent to the data transport 726. In the example data engine 722, if the rule determines that the data should sent, and an ‘identity’ type is used in the rule, the raw data is sent to the data transport 726. Using an identity type in a data router rule set directs the data router to pass the actual data along with each rule that fires.
  • Third, upon receiving the data, the data transport 726 inserts the data (along with the raw data) into the ‘States’ table and an ‘ExtraInfo’ tables within the data router database 750. Upon completing the INSERT operation into the States table, the data router database then fires and Insert Trigger (OnInsertTrigger). In this particular implementation, Insert Triggers use Microsoft SQL Server and may not run correctly from within the MSDE environment.
  • Fifth, the OnInsertTrigger calls the database event 760 (XMCSQLEVT COM+ Event Class) within its stored procedure. The Asset, State, Sub-State, raw data and time-stamp of the INSERT trigger are all passed to the event class.
  • Sixth, the event system 734 (COM+) routes the database event 760 (XMC SQL Event Class event) to the protocol server 728, which has already subscribed to such events during its initialization process. Upon receiving the event, the protocol server 728 stores the data received in its data cache for the item. It should be noted that data updates do not directly trigger updating clients of the protocol server 728, but instead continually refresh its internal data cache of data items.
  • Turning now to FIG. 42 of the drawing, the process of reading data will be described in further detail. The data reading process is carried out by each client. The client can read data Data directly or using updates via an event that fires periodically. In either case, data is transferred during this process from the protocol server 728 to the client application. As shown in FIG. 42, when reading data, data is served to the client application either via a periodic update, when data changes, or when the client directly asks for the data.
  • Referring now to FIG. 43 of the drawing, the process of commanding a motion system using the data routing system 720 will now be described. The implementation of the invention described with reference to FIGS. 38-42 describe the process of reading data from a motion system. However, the architecture of the data routing system 720 of the present invention may be used to command a motion system to perform one or more actions.
  • As described above, the data routing system 720 is used in conjunction with the client application 736 and command processor 738 in FIG. 43. The client application 736 is a software application, component module, script, web page, or the like that determines a series of motion steps to be carried out. The command processor 738 generates commands that carry out the series of motion step defined by the client application 736. The command processor 738 may be implemented using the command processor described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/991,905, which is included by reference herein in its entirety.
  • To process command via database input, the following steps occur. First the database client inserts commands into the Command table found within the data router database 750. Second, when inserted, all inserted command information (including the command and its parameters, and optionally the return data routing location such as a table where return data is to be placed) is sent to the XMCSQLEVT COM+ Event Class to fire. Third, the COM+ Event System fires the late coupled events (LCE) to any subscribers that may exist.
  • Fourth, the XMCSQLEVT COM+ Event Class supports the IXMCaSQLEvent interface, which is called on all subscribers to the event class each time the event fires. Upon receiving the events, the command processor 738, processes the events by sending the commands to the target motion system(s) designated to receive the commands. Note, there are several way t the command processor may deliver the commands to target motion systems: The command processor may send the commands to motion systems specified in the event parameters, or the command system may send the commands to motion systems pre-configured in the command processor to receive specific (or all) events, or the command processor may broadcast the events to all motion systems connected to it.
  • Sixth, upon receiving the command(s), each motion system carries out the commands using the command+all of its parameter data. If data is to be returned, the return data is sent back to the command processor who then in-turn routes the data back to the routing target. Optionally, the data router 720 may be used to return information as well.
  • The system described in this document is a very modular system made up of a set of components. For example, each component may be based on a component technology such as OLE/COM from Microsoft Corporation. Detailed descriptions of the interfaces of the example components used for communication between the various pieces making up the system are set forth below.
  • Upon receiving an insert instruction into a designated table (i.e. the States table in the data router database 736 (or a Command table in the command processor database) a pre-configured event trigger is fired by the data router database 750 that sends the inserted data to the database event 760 (XMCSQLEVT module). In the example described herein, the event trigger calls the module's IXMCaSQLEvent interface. The example IXMCaSQLEvent interface will be described in further detail below.
  • The IXMCaSQLEvent interface is used by server platform 732 to send event information to any subscribers of the XMC SQL Event Class.
  • Method Summary
  • The IXMCaSQLEvent interface is made up of the following functions.
      • OnInsertTrigger—This method is used to send the data to each event subscriber as a single string.
      • OnInsertTriggerEx—This method is used to send data to each event subscriber as a set of strings.
        A more detailed description of each method implemented by the object is described below.
    IXMCaSQLEvent::OnInsertTrigger
  • Syntax HRESULT OnInsertTrigger( BSTR bstrData );
    Parameters BSTR bstrData - comma delimited string containing all
    event data.
    Return HRESULT - NOERROR on success, or error code on
    Value failure.

    This method is used send data to all event subscribers as a single comma delimited string. Event interfaces may send most data types, but this interface currently only supports sending strings.
  • IXMCaSQLEvent::OnInsertTriggerEx
  • Syntax HRESULT OnInsertTriggerEx( BSTR bstrTime,
        BSTR bstrAsset,
        BSTR bstrState,
        BSTR bstrSubState,
        BSTR bstrData );
    Parameters BSTR bstrTime - string representing the time-stamp of the
    data.
    BSTR bstrAsset - string containing the name of the asset
    from which the data originated.
    BSTR bstrState - string containing the state description of
    the data item.
    BSTR bstrSubState - string containing the sub-state
    description of the data item.
    BSTR bstrData - string containing the actual data.
    NOTE: optionally ‘real’ string data may be wrapped with
    quotes where as numeric data may not. For example the
    string “foo” may be sent as “‘foo’”, where as the number
    “1.22” may be sent as “1.22”.
    Return HRESULT - NOERROR on success, or error code on
    Value failure.
  • This method sends event data to each subscriber in a form where each parameter is broken into a separate string for convenience.
  • A number of technologies may be used to implement the data routing system 720 or in conjunction with the data routing system 720. The machine platform 730 may be implemented by, incorporate, or be connected to a motion system as described in one or more of the following U.S. patents, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference: U.S. Pat. No. 5,691,897; 5,867,385; 6,480,896; 6,513,058; and 6,885,898.
  • The data router 720 may be implemented by, incorporate, or be connected to a data router system as described in one or more of the following U.S. patent application, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference: Ser. No. 10/844,025.
  • The command processor 738 may be implemented by, incorporate, or be connected to a motion system as described in one or more of the following U.S. patent application, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference: Ser. No. 10/991,905.
  • OPC technology, along with its formal specifications, forms an example of a protocol for implementing the Protocol Server. OPC is a software technology used to connect to various enterprise systems in the industrial automation market, such as MES systems, machine monitoring systems, and the like. Traditionally this technology has been used to connect PLC and sensor data to such systems. Combining XMC with OPC provides an elegant way to connect machine tool and motion control data into these systems as well. For more information on OPC, see www.opcfoundation.org.
  • The Microsoft SQL Database Server and related technologies may be used to implement the server platform 732. The Microsoft SQL Database Server documentation, which is available online, contains specific information on how INSERT Triggers work and how one may call an external COM or COM+ component.
  • The event system 734 may be implemented using the COM+ Event System. The COM+ Event System provides support for decoupled events. When decoupled events are supported, both the data publisher and the data subscriber are independent of one another. Decoupled events are otherwise known as a loosely coupled event (LCE). COM+ Events are just one of the many COM+ Services used by each of the components making up the system. For example, since the example protocol server 728 is a COM+ Application, it automatically takes advantage of object pooling, and message queue communications provided by COM+.
  • The Microsoft COM (Component Object Model) describes the component model that all components described within the example system are based upon.
  • IV. Fourth Embodiment Enterprise System
  • Referring now to FIG. 44 of the drawing, depicted therein is an example data collection system 820 constructed in accordance with, and embodying, the principles of the present invention. The example data collection system 820 comprises a connectivity server layer 822 configured to collect data from at least one hardware device or asset 824 through a machine platform 826. In the example data collection system, the data collected by the connectivity server layer 822 is distributed to a back office system layer 828.
  • The connectivity server layer 822 comprises a data routing system 830 and a protocol server 832. The back office system layer 828 comprises at least one enterprise software system 834. The assets 824 form a machine layer 836, and the machine platform or platforms 826 form a platform layer 838.
  • The data routing system 830 uses application called Enterprise Manager to configure, run and monitor a server technology that runs behind the scenes called the Enterprise Server. The Enterprise Server is the technology that actually collects data from the hardware device or asset 824 in an intelligent manner. The enterprise software system 834 and the Enterprise Server form the data collection system 820.
  • The machine intelligence offered by the data routing system 830 allows better data collection that shows how a machine asset 824 is operating. This machine intelligence infers the current state of the machine asset 824 based on the state of given inputs and then sends the resulting outputs to a desired data target for later analysis based on predefined rules. Alternatively, data inputs read from each asset 824 may be sent directly up to the enterprise software for direct analysis at that level.
  • There are several ways the data collection system 820 may be used to monitor assets. The following discusses each of the configuration options that are available.
  • In FIG. 44, the data collection system 820 is illustrated in the context of collecting data from a single asset 824. FIG. 44 illustrates how the data routing system 830 is used along with the machine platform 826 to connect an enterprise software system 834 to receive data from the machine asset 824.
  • A low-cost computer server PC may be used to run the software making up the data collection system 820. In the example system 820, the data routing system 830 is a software layer that ‘routes’ data from each individual asset 824 to various up-stream enterprise software systems 834. The protocol server 832 provides connectivity to data items processed by the data routing system 830 using a protocol specification, such as may be developed by a standards body or other company or group.
  • The machine platform 826 is a controller neutral layer used for all controller communication that defines a universal API and variable model. Using the universal API and variable model of the machine platform 826, data items easily flow from the target control of the asset 824 to the data routing system 830 for further routing to the enterprise software system 834. Typically the single instance model is only used in environments where a dedicated computer is available for each asset 824 that is to be monitored.
  • In situations where a PC is not dedicated to the target control system, the data collection system may be implemented using a multi-asset connectivity model as shown at 840 in FIG. 45. The multi-asset model allows for the connectivity server to communicate with two or more machine assets 824 and route all data received from the group to one or more enterprise software systems 834.
  • The example multi-asset data collection system 840 employs the data routing system 830, protocol server 832, and enterprise software 834 as described above. In addition, the example machine assets are identified as machine control industry products such as a GE/Fanuc asset 824 a, Siemens asset 824 b, Okuma asset 824 c, and a Mazak asset 824 d. Each of the assets 824 a-d connects to the data routing system 230 through an associated machine platform 826 a, 826 b, 826 c, and 826 d.
  • By using multiple instances of the machine platform 826, the data routing system 830 is capable of managing connectivity with a wide range of machine assets 824. Because the machine platforms 826 a-d are controller neutral, all of the example assets 824 a-d may be handled in the same manner by the data routing system 830.
  • The example data collection systems 820 and 840 illustrate that these systems are capable of communicating to one or more target controllers or assets 826. As shown at 850 in FIG. 46, a data collection system of the present invention is also flexible enough to communicate with multiple enterprise software systems 834 forming part of the back office system layer 828.
  • In particular, the data routing system 830 may be configured to connect to multiple enterprise software systems 834 as well. The example data collection system 850 employs the data routing system 830, protocol server 832, and enterprise software 834 as described above. Again, the data routing system 830 collects data from the GE/Fanuc asset 824 a, Siemens asset 824 b, Okuma asset 824 c, and a Mazak asset 824 d through the associated machine platform 826 a, 826 b, 826 c, and 826 d. In addition, the data routing system 830 is capable of communicating with first, second, and third enterprise software systems 834 a, 834 b, 834 c, and 834 d either directly or through the protocol server 823.
  • The enterprise software systems 834 may include: enterprise software systems such as the systems 834 a and 834 b that communicate with the data routing system 830 through the protocol server 832 (referred to as protocol clients), enterprise software systems such as the system 834 c that directly program to the data routing system 830 (referred to as custom clients), and/or enterprise software systems such as the system 834 d formed by an external database such as Microsoft SQL.
  • As described above, a data collection system of the present invention, such as the data collection systems 820, 240, and 850, are designed to route data from one or more discrete motion based assets 824 to one or more enterprise software systems 834. The example data collection systems 820, 840, and 850 employ a layered architecture comprising the connectivity server layer 822, the back office layer 828, the hardware layer 836, and the machine platform layer 838. During the process of routing data from the assets 824 to the enterprise software systems 834, a general data flow takes place through this layered architecture.
  • Each of the layers 822, 828, 836, and 838 has a specific purpose, and the purposes of these layers will be described below in the context of FIG. 47.
  • The hardware layer 836 is the lowest layer. The target systems or assets 824 define this hardware layer 836. As shown at step 1 in FIG. 47, the target systems or assets 824 produce the raw machine data describing the state of the machine or asset 824 at any given point in time. For example, a machine used on the factory floor may produce machine state data, whereas an RFID tag, global positioning locator or combination of the two, may produce the location and identification of a given asset 824 at a point in time. As another example, a vehicle, boat or plane may produce data about its operating state in addition to its location, etc.
  • Each asset 824 is associated with a driver 860 designed to work with a specific target system or asset 824. In particular, as shown at step 2, each driver 860 implements the target specific communication protocols, target specific language, and/or uses the target specific application programming interface (API) to collect the data from the target system or asset 824. For example, a target system 824 may be a control system used to run a machine on the factory floor. Alternatively the target system may be a GPS locator, or RFID tag attached to an asset 824, or the target system may be a control system within a vehicle, boat, airplane or other asset 824. In any of these examples, the driver 860 is configured at least to collect data its associated target system 824.
  • The machine platform 826 may be a motion server that, as shown at step 3, makes all data received universal by providing a consistent programming interface and data model to up-stream software.
  • In the connectivity server layer 822, the data routing system 830 is configured to collect data from multiple assets 824 through multiple instances of the machine platforms 826 such as one or more motion servers as shown at step 4. The data routing system 830 further maps all data items received by the data routing system 830 from each asset 824 to designer defined tags as shown at step 5. This model allows the designer to decide what data tags will make up their overall system thus allowing the overall architecture to better fit each enterprises needs.
  • Also in the connectivity layer 822, the protocol server 832 provides access as shown at step 6A to all data router data items defined above to any client application of the protocol server 832, such as one or more of the enterprise software systems 834 as described above. In addition, as shown at step 6B, data items may be provided in a data router specific model so that custom enterprise applications 834 may access the data item without using the protocol server 832.
  • In the back office layer 828, the enterprise software systems 834 provide data analysis and storage of all data received as shown at step 7.
  • Internally the data routing system 830 performs two tasks as it manages the data pipeline: first, the data routing system 830 collects data from a set of assets 824; and second, the data routing system 830 then maps the data items to data tags that are sent along with the data to each enterprise software system 834.
  • To route data from the assets 824 to the enterprise software system 834, the data routing system 830 employs user definable rules that map one or more inputs to one or more outputs as generally shown in FIG. 48. By default, each rule is configured to implement a pass-through that allows the raw data and data item to pass through to the enterprise software system 834.
  • Alternatively, each data item may also be fed into a set of rules that allow combining data items and adding intelligence to each data item that fires. When a data output fires, associated actions take place. For example, when a data output fires it may send the raw data, its tag and any associated data (such as special codes, etc) to the target enterprise software system 834. Optionally, the data outputs may fire based on the evaluation of the rules associated with each output. Rules are evaluated against data inputs received from the machine platform 826.
  • Referring now to FIG. 49, the data collection system 820 allows the user to add and configure the inputs, outputs, and rules that direct which outputs are to fire. The multi-layered software architecture implemented by the data collection system 820 allows for easily expandable controller connectivity that may take place independent of the details of any of the enterprise software systems 834. Simple plug-n-play drivers may be added at a later date to already deployed systems in the field thus making overall factory roll-outs easy to deploy over time.
  • The data collection system 820 uses a consistent interface between each layer in the architecture above, where each layer has its own individual purpose as described in detail elsewhere. The data routing system 830 is a very modular component based system that allows for collecting data from various data sources and routing them to various data targets. Optionally, the data routing system 830 allows for the user to combine data items and set rules that dictate when data items fire. All data items may be easily configured using an XML configuration file that specifies all data items, data sub-items and assets 824 in the system.
  • The protocol server 832 may be configured to provide connectivity to the data router data items via data tags that are defined with the data router's XML configuration file. This model allows each system designer to easily configure their system and the data tags that make up their system in a way that best suits their needs.
  • As shown in FIG. 49, the machine platform layer 838 may be configured with a MOTION.NET software system 862 and motion administrator 864 that provide programmatic access to the motion server 286.
  • With this software layer 838, the user can program to the motion server 826 using virtually any language such as the Microsoft .NET languages, Java, C++ and Visual Basic 6.0. The data collection system 820 thus uses a component based model that is intuitive and easy to program.
  • Referring now to FIG. 50, the components making up the programming model include the following:
      • A: The system component is the main component used to create all others in the system. In addition, this component gives access to a basic set of information describing the underlying target control.
      • B & C: The program components are used to mirror the programs currently managed by the target control.
      • D, E & F: The message components are used to get access to both the alarm and operator messages on the target control. Both the current and historical message data may be retrieved.
      • G & H: The tool components provide tool information such as tool offset data, etc.
      • I & J: The workpiece components provide workpiece information such as workpiece offset data, etc.
      • K: The direct connect component provides direct communication access to the target controller.
      • L, M & N: The axis components provide axis information such as axis positions, loads, axis type and axis name.
      • O: The event components provided event based updates of data to upstream clients.
      • P, Q, R & S: The variable components allow for easy data access via a universal variable model that not only allows for variable assignment to control specific data items but also allows for mapping directly to other motion platform API.
  • The example motion administrator 864 allows the user to configure each instance of the motion server 826, select the target control or asset 824 used, and configure all configuration items specific to the control selected.
  • The example motion server 826 provides a universal access point to the underlying target controller. The example server 860 may be run as a Windows NT Service, as a serviced component, or stand alone, yet each instance is used to communicate with only one target controller. Using thread, process, and reentrancy synchronization, the example motion server 826 allows multiple instances to be run simultaneously to facilitate communication with multiple control systems.
  • Each driver 860 is responsible for implementing all asset specific logic necessary to communicate with the asset to read data from, write data to, and cause actions on the underlying system.
  • The hardware device or asset 824 may optionally embody a control system and take the form of one or more of the following:
      • discrete or continuous assets on a factory floor used during a manufacturing process;
      • discrete or continuous assets used during food processing;
      • a set of vehicles (e.g., a fleet of rental cars, a fleet of semi-trucks used in shipping, logging or other transportation uses, a fleet of police cars, a fleet of emergency vehicles, a fleet of school or other types of busses, and/or a fleet of construction tractors and trucks used at a construction site), which may optionally use computer control systems to coordinate, monitor or control the vehicles overall operation, internal operation, or manner for which the engine, drive train, steering or breaking operate;
      • farm equipment used to process agriculture either on the field or during packaging and processing of the food products, which may also use computer control systems in a similar manner as described for vehicles above;
      • a set of boats or ships used for water transportation or shipping, which may optionally use computer control systems to coordinate, monitor or control the watercrafts overall operation, internal operation, or manner for which the engine, steering system, or ballast system operate;
      • a set of manned or unmanned airplanes or jets used for exploration, data collection, surveillance, security, transportation or shipping, which may optionally use computer control systems to coordinate, monitor or control the aircrafts overall operation, internal operation, or manner for which the engine, flight controls, or other sensors operate;
      • a set of construction devices such as skill saws, digital measuring devices, mixers used in construction, which may optionally use computer control systems to coordinate, monitor or control each devices overall operation, internal operation, or motorized operation or parts used therein for that operation; and/or
      • assets tagged with radio frequency identification (RFID) tags, or global positioning systems (GPS), such as personnel working in the field, animals within nature (such as wild game, or other animal populations tracked for migration patterns), livestock or other general inventory.
  • In the case of a mobile asset, the data may be stored by the asset for subsequent uploading, or a mobile communications system may be used between any two or more of the layers described above.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the present invention may be embodied in forms other than those described above. The scope of the invention should be determined by the following claims and not the foregoing detailed description of the example embodiments.

Claims (13)

What is claimed is:
1. A command processing system for transferring motion commands from at least one command source to at least one command target, where each command target supports at least one command target type, comprising:
a set of motion commands;
a set of command executives each capable of using at least one command target to execute at least one motion command;
a command processor that is capable of routing at least one motion command from the set of motion commands to at least one command executive in the set of command executives; and
a command source configured to communicate at least one communicated motion command with the command processor; wherein
the command processor routes the at least one communicated motion command to at least one command executive; and the at least one command executive causes the motion command to be executed using at least one command target.
2. A system as claimed in claim 1, wherein at least one motion command is capable of causing the motion control device to move an object.
3. A system as claimed in claim 1, wherein at least one motion command is capable of querying motion related data from at least one command target.
4. A system as claimed in claim 1, further comprising a source queue used when the command source communicates with the command processor.
5. A system as claimed in claim 1, further comprising a target queue used when the at least one command executive communicates with at least one command target.
6. A system as claimed in claim 1, further comprising a motion event containing motion related data received from at least one command target.
7. A system as claimed in claim 6, wherein at least one motion event is received by the command processor.
8. A system as claimed in claim 6, wherein at least one motion event is received by the command source.
9. A system as claimed in claim 1, further comprising a client and a shared memory block wherein the client and the command processor communicate using the shared memory block.
10. A system as claimed in claim 1, further comprising a client and a web service, wherein the client and the command processor communicate using the web service.
11. A system as claimed in claim 1, further comprising an operating system service wherein the command processor runs within the operating system service.
12. A system as recited in claim 1, further comprising a plurality of command targets.
13. A system as recited in claim 1, in which the at least one command target is a motion control device.
US13/232,877 2003-09-25 2011-09-14 Database Event Driven Motion Systems Abandoned US20120065747A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13/232,877 US20120065747A1 (en) 2003-09-25 2011-09-14 Database Event Driven Motion Systems
US14/298,567 US9588510B2 (en) 2003-09-25 2014-06-06 Database event driven motion systems

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US50610403P 2003-09-25 2003-09-25
US52091803P 2003-11-17 2003-11-17
US10/844,025 US20060064503A1 (en) 2003-09-25 2004-05-12 Data routing systems and methods
US10/991,905 US20050132104A1 (en) 2003-11-17 2004-11-17 Command processing systems and methods
US70869905P 2005-08-15 2005-08-15
US72790105P 2005-10-18 2005-10-18
US11/505,056 US20070022194A1 (en) 2003-09-25 2006-08-15 Database event driven motion systems
US58323306A 2006-10-18 2006-10-18
US12/557,722 US8027349B2 (en) 2003-09-25 2009-09-11 Database event driven motion systems
US13/232,877 US20120065747A1 (en) 2003-09-25 2011-09-14 Database Event Driven Motion Systems

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/557,722 Continuation US8027349B2 (en) 2003-09-25 2009-09-11 Database event driven motion systems

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/298,567 Continuation US9588510B2 (en) 2003-09-25 2014-06-06 Database event driven motion systems

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20120065747A1 true US20120065747A1 (en) 2012-03-15

Family

ID=46332328

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/557,722 Expired - Fee Related US8027349B2 (en) 2003-09-25 2009-09-11 Database event driven motion systems
US13/232,877 Abandoned US20120065747A1 (en) 2003-09-25 2011-09-14 Database Event Driven Motion Systems
US14/298,567 Expired - Fee Related US9588510B2 (en) 2003-09-25 2014-06-06 Database event driven motion systems

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/557,722 Expired - Fee Related US8027349B2 (en) 2003-09-25 2009-09-11 Database event driven motion systems

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/298,567 Expired - Fee Related US9588510B2 (en) 2003-09-25 2014-06-06 Database event driven motion systems

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (3) US8027349B2 (en)

Cited By (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110071652A1 (en) * 2001-02-09 2011-03-24 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Event Management Systems and Methods for Motion Control Systems
US20120168241A1 (en) * 2011-01-05 2012-07-05 Bernstein Ian H Self-propelled device for interpreting input from a controller device
US20130217346A1 (en) * 2012-02-19 2013-08-22 Microsoft Corporation Sensing and communicating data from moving animals
CN104516354A (en) * 2014-12-25 2015-04-15 中国人民解放军总参谋部第六十研究所 Intelligent return route control method for unmanned helicopter power line patrol
US9090214B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2015-07-28 Orbotix, Inc. Magnetically coupled accessory for a self-propelled device
US9218316B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2015-12-22 Sphero, Inc. Remotely controlling a self-propelled device in a virtualized environment
US9280717B2 (en) 2012-05-14 2016-03-08 Sphero, Inc. Operating a computing device by detecting rounded objects in an image
US9292758B2 (en) 2012-05-14 2016-03-22 Sphero, Inc. Augmentation of elements in data content
US9429940B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2016-08-30 Sphero, Inc. Self propelled device with magnetic coupling
US9545542B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2017-01-17 May Patents Ltd. System and method for a motion sensing device which provides a visual or audible indication
US9827487B2 (en) 2012-05-14 2017-11-28 Sphero, Inc. Interactive augmented reality using a self-propelled device
US9829882B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2017-11-28 Sphero, Inc. Self-propelled device with center of mass drive system
US10056791B2 (en) 2012-07-13 2018-08-21 Sphero, Inc. Self-optimizing power transfer
US10168701B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2019-01-01 Sphero, Inc. Multi-purposed self-propelled device
US11949241B2 (en) 2023-05-11 2024-04-02 May Patents Ltd. Device for displaying in response to a sensed motion

Families Citing this family (38)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5691897A (en) 1995-05-30 1997-11-25 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Motion control systems
US20020156872A1 (en) * 2001-01-04 2002-10-24 Brown David W. Systems and methods for transmitting motion control data
US20100131081A1 (en) * 1995-05-30 2010-05-27 Brown David W Systems and methods for motion control
US20060206219A1 (en) 1995-05-30 2006-09-14 Brown David W Motion control systems and methods
US20010032278A1 (en) 1997-10-07 2001-10-18 Brown Stephen J. Remote generation and distribution of command programs for programmable devices
US20100131078A1 (en) * 1999-10-27 2010-05-27 Brown David W Event driven motion systems
US20060064503A1 (en) * 2003-09-25 2006-03-23 Brown David W Data routing systems and methods
US8027349B2 (en) 2003-09-25 2011-09-27 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Database event driven motion systems
US20110106285A1 (en) * 2009-11-02 2011-05-05 Mold-Masters (2007) Limited System for use in performance of injection molding operations
US20110169832A1 (en) * 2010-01-11 2011-07-14 Roy-G-Biv Corporation 3D Motion Interface Systems and Methods
US8706296B2 (en) * 2010-02-16 2014-04-22 Irobot Corporation Mobile robot internal communication system
WO2012109444A2 (en) * 2011-02-09 2012-08-16 Baillargeon Paul D Warning and message delivery and logging system utilizable in the monitoring of fall arresting and prevention devices and method of same
US9171162B2 (en) * 2011-03-29 2015-10-27 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Random file request for software attestation
US9230358B2 (en) * 2011-03-31 2016-01-05 International Business Machines Corporation Visual connectivity of widgets using event propagation
US8621072B2 (en) * 2011-12-06 2013-12-31 Microsoft Corporation Providing notification of document repository events to external systems
WO2013099031A1 (en) * 2011-12-28 2013-07-04 株式会社安川電機 Engineering tool
EP2680147A3 (en) * 2012-06-26 2014-05-21 LG Electronics, Inc. In-vehicle infotainment processor and data processing method using the same
CN104488243B (en) * 2012-07-24 2017-11-24 西门子公司 To the write-access of the variable in server
US8825664B2 (en) 2012-08-17 2014-09-02 Splunk Inc. Indexing preview
US9330147B2 (en) * 2012-12-10 2016-05-03 Unisys Corporation Database and data bus architecture and systems for efficient data distribution
JP5982683B2 (en) * 2013-01-17 2016-08-31 株式会社日立ソリューションズ Computer system
US9904718B2 (en) * 2013-03-13 2018-02-27 Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. System and method for streaming events in a transaction-based system
US10138102B2 (en) * 2013-07-23 2018-11-27 Viki V. Walbridge Warning and message delivery and logging system utilizable in a fall arresting and prevention device and method of same
US10455060B2 (en) * 2014-06-10 2019-10-22 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Method and apparatus for expanding transactions in OPC UA
JP2016081469A (en) * 2014-10-22 2016-05-16 ファナック株式会社 Numerical control unit option function use situation management system
JP6386488B2 (en) * 2016-03-17 2018-09-05 ファナック株式会社 Operation management method and program for machine tool
US11327475B2 (en) 2016-05-09 2022-05-10 Strong Force Iot Portfolio 2016, Llc Methods and systems for intelligent collection and analysis of vehicle data
US11774944B2 (en) 2016-05-09 2023-10-03 Strong Force Iot Portfolio 2016, Llc Methods and systems for the industrial internet of things
US10983507B2 (en) 2016-05-09 2021-04-20 Strong Force Iot Portfolio 2016, Llc Method for data collection and frequency analysis with self-organization functionality
US11003179B2 (en) 2016-05-09 2021-05-11 Strong Force Iot Portfolio 2016, Llc Methods and systems for a data marketplace in an industrial internet of things environment
US20210073692A1 (en) * 2016-06-12 2021-03-11 Green Grid Inc. Method and system for utility infrastructure condition monitoring, detection and response
US11237546B2 (en) 2016-06-15 2022-02-01 Strong Force loT Portfolio 2016, LLC Method and system of modifying a data collection trajectory for vehicles
CN109844659B (en) * 2016-10-14 2022-04-05 三菱电机株式会社 Simulation device
US11131989B2 (en) 2017-08-02 2021-09-28 Strong Force Iot Portfolio 2016, Llc Systems and methods for data collection including pattern recognition
CN209085657U (en) 2017-08-02 2019-07-09 强力物联网投资组合2016有限公司 For data gathering system related or industrial environment with chemical production technology
US10942500B2 (en) * 2018-06-11 2021-03-09 Purdue Research Foundation System architecture and method of processing data therein
JP7202125B2 (en) * 2018-09-28 2023-01-11 株式会社小松製作所 Work machine data collection device, work machine data provision system, and work machine data collection method
US11734439B2 (en) * 2018-10-18 2023-08-22 International Business Machines Corporation Secure data analysis

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5453933A (en) * 1993-09-08 1995-09-26 Hurco Companies, Inc. CNC control system
US20030023348A1 (en) * 1999-01-20 2003-01-30 Sony Corporation Robot apparatus and motion control method
US20030045947A1 (en) * 2001-08-30 2003-03-06 The Boeing Company System, method and computer program product for controlling the operation of motion devices by directly implementing electronic simulation information
US8155781B2 (en) * 2001-12-28 2012-04-10 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Automation system and method for movement control of at least one moveable machine element

Family Cites Families (384)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4829419A (en) * 1970-12-28 1989-05-09 Hyatt Gilbert P Microcomputer control of machines
US4531182A (en) * 1969-11-24 1985-07-23 Hyatt Gilbert P Machine control system operating from remote commands
US4078195A (en) * 1976-01-13 1978-03-07 Macotech Corporation Adaptive control system for numerically controlled machine tools
US4199814A (en) * 1977-10-12 1980-04-22 Digitcom, Inc. Computer numerical control machine tool
US4159417A (en) * 1977-10-28 1979-06-26 Rubincam David P Electronic book
US4422150A (en) * 1980-05-23 1983-12-20 The Boeing Company Machine tool controller and part inspection monitor
US4418381A (en) * 1981-01-23 1983-11-29 Bristol Babcock Inc. Single loop control system
US4444061A (en) * 1982-03-26 1984-04-24 Camtech Inc. Force and torque sensor for machine tools
US4800521A (en) * 1982-09-21 1989-01-24 Xerox Corporation Task control manager
US4688195A (en) * 1983-01-28 1987-08-18 Texas Instruments Incorporated Natural-language interface generating system
US4494060A (en) * 1983-03-02 1985-01-15 Anorad Corporation Axis controller for robotic actuator
US4799171A (en) 1983-06-20 1989-01-17 Kenner Parker Toys Inc. Talk back doll
US4563906A (en) * 1983-11-23 1986-01-14 Camtech, Inc. Load measurement apparatus including miniature instrumented hydrostatic cell
FR2556866B1 (en) * 1983-12-15 1987-08-21 Giravions Dorand METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DRIVING DRIVING MOBILE MACHINES.
NL8400186A (en) * 1984-01-20 1985-08-16 Philips Nv PROCESSOR SYSTEM CONTAINING A NUMBER OF STATIONS CONNECTED BY A COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND STATION FOR USE IN SUCH A PROCESSOR SYSTEM.
US4713808A (en) * 1985-11-27 1987-12-15 A T & E Corporation Watch pager system and communication protocol
JPH0782498B2 (en) * 1985-01-14 1995-09-06 株式会社日立製作所 Machine translation system
US4837719A (en) 1985-02-19 1989-06-06 Kenneth B. McIntosh Medication clock
CA1244555A (en) * 1985-06-17 1988-11-08 Walter H. Schwane Process transparent multi storage mode data transfer and buffer control
US4809335A (en) * 1985-10-24 1989-02-28 Rumsey Daniel S Speech unit for dolls and other toys
US4767334A (en) * 1985-11-19 1988-08-30 Thorne Hugh C Educational and recreational toy vehicle
US4897835A (en) * 1985-11-27 1990-01-30 At&E Corporation High capacity protocol with multistation capability
US4782444A (en) * 1985-12-17 1988-11-01 International Business Machine Corporation Compilation using two-colored pebbling register allocation method such that spill code amount is invariant with basic block's textual ordering
JP2525358B2 (en) * 1986-01-25 1996-08-21 フアナツク株式会社 Robot controller
US4937759A (en) * 1986-02-18 1990-06-26 Robotics Research Corporation Industrial robot with controller
US4843566A (en) * 1986-03-07 1989-06-27 Hewlett-Packard Company Robot motion control system
US4853877A (en) * 1986-04-21 1989-08-01 Hewlett-Packard Company Apparatus and method for efficient plotting
JPS6318403A (en) * 1986-07-10 1988-01-26 Fanuc Ltd Off-line control executing method
US5029214A (en) 1986-08-11 1991-07-02 Hollander James F Electronic speech control apparatus and methods
US4829219A (en) * 1986-11-20 1989-05-09 Unimation Inc. Multiaxis robot having improved motion control through variable acceleration/deceleration profiling
US4868474A (en) * 1986-11-20 1989-09-19 Westinghouse Electric Corp. Multiprocessor position/velocity servo control for multiaxis digital robot control system
EP0275826A1 (en) 1986-12-16 1988-07-27 Ciba-Geigy Ag Control system for a sample preparation system
US4846693A (en) * 1987-01-08 1989-07-11 Smith Engineering Video based instructional and entertainment system using animated figure
US4840602A (en) * 1987-02-06 1989-06-20 Coleco Industries, Inc. Talking doll responsive to external signal
US4857030A (en) * 1987-02-06 1989-08-15 Coleco Industries, Inc. Conversing dolls
CA1338909C (en) 1987-03-05 1997-02-11 Curtis M. Brubaker Radio control toy
US4716458A (en) * 1987-03-06 1987-12-29 Heitzman Edward F Driver-vehicle behavior display apparatus
EP0283295B1 (en) * 1987-03-20 1993-09-08 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Data communication system
US4852047A (en) * 1987-04-14 1989-07-25 Universal Automation Inc. Continuous flow chart, improved data format and debugging system for programming and operation of machines
JPS63273105A (en) * 1987-04-30 1988-11-10 Fanuc Ltd Numerical controller
JPH0679290B2 (en) * 1987-05-31 1994-10-05 日本電気株式会社 Computer device
US4901218A (en) * 1987-08-12 1990-02-13 Renishaw Controls Limited Communications adaptor for automated factory system
US4855725A (en) * 1987-11-24 1989-08-08 Fernandez Emilio A Microprocessor based simulated book
US5025385A (en) * 1988-04-15 1991-06-18 Froyd Stanley G Multiple axis motion control system
US4923428A (en) * 1988-05-05 1990-05-08 Cal R & D, Inc. Interactive talking toy
JPH0239262A (en) * 1988-06-17 1990-02-08 Siemens Ag Method and apparatus for executing program within hetero multiple computer system
FR2633414B1 (en) * 1988-06-27 1993-07-09 Bull Sa COMPUTER SYSTEM WITH CENTRAL INTERCONNECTION
US4887966A (en) * 1988-06-30 1989-12-19 Gellerman Floyd R Flight simulation control apparatus
US4962491A (en) 1988-10-13 1990-10-09 Schaeffer Theodore S Medicament dispenser and medical information storage apparatus
US5309351A (en) * 1988-10-27 1994-05-03 Texas Instruments Incorporated Communications, information, maintenance diagnostic and training system
US5230049A (en) * 1988-11-29 1993-07-20 International Business Machines Corporation Program source code translator
US5014208A (en) * 1989-01-23 1991-05-07 Siemens Corporate Research, Inc. Workcell controller employing entity-server model for physical objects and logical abstractions
US5005135A (en) * 1989-03-22 1991-04-02 Cincinnati Milacron, Inc. Dynamic correction of servo following errors in a computer-numerically controlled system and fixed cycle utilizing same
US5119318A (en) * 1989-04-17 1992-06-02 Del Partners L.P. Expert control system for real time management of automated factory equipment
US5058034A (en) * 1989-06-12 1991-10-15 Westinghouse Electric Corp. Digital neural network with discrete point rule space
JP2982010B2 (en) 1989-06-23 1999-11-22 三菱電機株式会社 Numerical control method and device
JP2784811B2 (en) 1989-08-25 1998-08-06 ソニー株式会社 Image creation device
US5247650A (en) * 1989-08-30 1993-09-21 Industrial Technology Institute System for combining originally software incompatible control, kinematic, and discrete event simulation systems into a single integrated simulation system
US5148944A (en) 1989-09-29 1992-09-22 Health Tech Services Corporation Interactive medication delivery system for individual pills and caplets
US5175817A (en) * 1989-11-20 1992-12-29 Digital Equipment Corporation Data representation protocol for communications between different networks
JPH0727505B2 (en) 1990-02-12 1995-03-29 インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレイション Interface method and interface system
GB9007661D0 (en) 1990-04-04 1990-05-30 Ace Coin Equip Amusement apparatus
US5168441A (en) * 1990-05-30 1992-12-01 Allen-Bradley Company, Inc. Methods for set up and programming of machine and process controllers
US5175856A (en) * 1990-06-11 1992-12-29 Supercomputer Systems Limited Partnership Computer with integrated hierarchical representation (ihr) of program wherein ihr file is available for debugging and optimizing during target execution
US5390304A (en) * 1990-09-28 1995-02-14 Texas Instruments, Incorporated Method and apparatus for processing block instructions in a data processor
US5162986A (en) * 1990-10-19 1992-11-10 Allen-Bradley Company, Inc. Remote downloading and uploading of motion control program information to and from a motion control I/O module in a programmable controller
GB2252426B (en) * 1990-11-28 1994-10-12 Toshiba Kk Fuzzy control system
US5222193A (en) * 1990-12-26 1993-06-22 Intel Corporation Training system for neural networks and the like
US5175684A (en) * 1990-12-31 1992-12-29 Trans-Link International Corp. Automatic text translation and routing system
EP0495147A1 (en) * 1991-01-18 1992-07-22 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Method for path correction in numerical controlled machines
US5120065A (en) * 1991-02-08 1992-06-09 Hasbro, Incorporated Electronic talking board game
WO1992015068A1 (en) 1991-02-15 1992-09-03 Incontrol, Inc. Computer control system for generating geometric designs
IL100990A (en) 1991-02-27 1995-10-31 Digital Equipment Corp Multilanguage optimizing compiler using templates in multiple pass code generation
US5659753A (en) 1991-02-27 1997-08-19 Digital Equipment Corporation Interface for symbol table construction in a multilanguage optimizing compiler
IL100989A (en) * 1991-02-27 1995-10-31 Digital Equipment Corp Analyzing inductive expressions in a multilanguage optimizing compiler
IL100987A (en) 1991-02-27 1995-10-31 Digital Equipment Corp Method and apparatus for compiling code
US5291416A (en) * 1991-03-08 1994-03-01 Software Algoritms Incorporated Event feedback for numerically controlled machine tool and network implementation thereof
FR2675282B1 (en) 1991-04-12 1995-01-20 Info Telecom METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MATERIALIZING A VIRTUAL INTERACTION BETWEEN AN OBJECT AND AN INFORMATION MEDIUM.
US5231693A (en) * 1991-05-09 1993-07-27 The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator, National Aeronautics And Space Administration Telerobot control system
US5417210A (en) * 1992-05-27 1995-05-23 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for augmentation of endoscopic surgery
US5485545A (en) * 1991-06-20 1996-01-16 Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha Control method using neural networks and a voltage/reactive-power controller for a power system using the control method
EP0765083A1 (en) 1991-07-15 1997-03-26 Hitachi, Ltd. Teleconference terminal equipment
US5625821A (en) 1991-08-12 1997-04-29 International Business Machines Corporation Asynchronous or synchronous operation of event signaller by event management services in a computer system
CA2075122A1 (en) * 1991-09-23 1993-03-24 He Holdings, Inc. Multiple participant moving vehicle shooting gallery
US5889670A (en) 1991-10-24 1999-03-30 Immersion Corporation Method and apparatus for tactilely responsive user interface
EP0546682A3 (en) * 1991-12-12 1993-12-08 Ibm Parent class shadowing
US6400996B1 (en) 1999-02-01 2002-06-04 Steven M. Hoffberg Adaptive pattern recognition based control system and method
US5329381A (en) * 1992-02-20 1994-07-12 Payne John H Automatic engraving method and apparatus
US5287199A (en) * 1992-02-27 1994-02-15 At&T Bell Laboratories Facsimile message processing and routing system
US5400345A (en) * 1992-03-06 1995-03-21 Pitney Bowes Inc. Communications system to boundary-scan logic interface
US5917840A (en) * 1992-03-13 1999-06-29 Foxboro Company Protection against communications crosstalk in a factory process control system
CA2087503A1 (en) * 1992-04-13 1993-10-14 Lester Wayne Dunaway Multimodal remote control device having electrically alterable keypad designations
US5268837A (en) 1992-04-23 1993-12-07 Digital Equipment Corporation Robotics workstation
US5368484A (en) * 1992-05-22 1994-11-29 Atari Games Corp. Vehicle simulator with realistic operating feedback
US5366376A (en) 1992-05-22 1994-11-22 Atari Games Corporation Driver training system and method with performance data feedback
US5541640A (en) 1992-06-23 1996-07-30 Larson; Craig R. Videophone for simultaneous audio and video communication via a standard telephone line
JP2862441B2 (en) 1992-07-09 1999-03-03 キヤノン株式会社 Output control device and method
DE59308529D1 (en) * 1992-07-17 1998-06-18 Rxs Schrumpftech Garnituren Arrangement for storing splice cassettes for optical fibers within a cable sleeve
US5402518A (en) * 1992-07-22 1995-03-28 Pcvoice, Inc. Sound storage and sound retrieval system having peripheral with hand operable switches
JP2597802B2 (en) 1992-08-04 1997-04-09 インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレイション Method for controlling an image capture device, image capture device and user interface
NZ255865A (en) 1992-09-04 1997-06-24 Caterpillar Inc Computerised multilingual translator: text editor enforces lexical constraints
JPH06133367A (en) * 1992-09-23 1994-05-13 Walt Disney Co:The Method and apparatus for remote synchronization of audio, illumination, animation and special effect
US5574897A (en) 1992-09-30 1996-11-12 International Business Machines Corporation System managed logging of objects to speed recovery processing
KR950703393A (en) 1992-10-19 1995-09-20 제프리 스코트 쟈니 Control device that operates and speaks according to video signal and wireless signal
US5541838A (en) * 1992-10-26 1996-07-30 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Translation machine having capability of registering idioms
WO1994010645A1 (en) 1992-10-28 1994-05-11 Intellution, Inc. A dynamic graphical system configuration utility
US5307263A (en) 1992-11-17 1994-04-26 Raya Systems, Inc. Modular microprocessor-based health monitoring system
US5392382A (en) * 1992-12-01 1995-02-21 Schoppers; Marcel J. Automated plan synthesizer and plan execution method
US5389865A (en) * 1992-12-02 1995-02-14 Cybernet Systems Corporation Method and system for providing a tactile virtual reality and manipulator defining an interface device therefor
US5629594A (en) 1992-12-02 1997-05-13 Cybernet Systems Corporation Force feedback system
US6131097A (en) 1992-12-02 2000-10-10 Immersion Corporation Haptic authoring
JPH0731748A (en) 1992-12-08 1995-02-03 Steven Lebensfeld Toy doll of visual sensation and language responsive type
US5604843A (en) 1992-12-23 1997-02-18 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for interfacing with a computer output device
US5390330A (en) * 1993-02-11 1995-02-14 Talati; Kirit K. Control system and method for direct execution of software application information models without code generation
JP2799126B2 (en) 1993-03-26 1998-09-17 株式会社ナムコ Video game device and game input device
US5666161A (en) 1993-04-26 1997-09-09 Hitachi, Ltd. Method and apparatus for creating less amount of compressd image data from compressed still image data and system for transmitting compressed image data through transmission line
US5429140A (en) 1993-06-04 1995-07-04 Greenleaf Medical Systems, Inc. Integrated virtual reality rehabilitation system
JPH06344279A (en) * 1993-06-07 1994-12-20 Hitachi Ltd Remote operation device and method
US5405152A (en) * 1993-06-08 1995-04-11 The Walt Disney Company Method and apparatus for an interactive video game with physical feedback
US5731804A (en) 1995-01-18 1998-03-24 Immersion Human Interface Corp. Method and apparatus for providing high bandwidth, low noise mechanical I/O for computer systems
US5734373A (en) 1993-07-16 1998-03-31 Immersion Human Interface Corporation Method and apparatus for controlling force feedback interface systems utilizing a host computer
US5739811A (en) 1993-07-16 1998-04-14 Immersion Human Interface Corporation Method and apparatus for controlling human-computer interface systems providing force feedback
CA2167304C (en) * 1993-07-16 1998-04-21 Louis B. Rosenberg Multi degree of freedom human-computer interface with tracking and forcefeedback
US6057828A (en) 1993-07-16 2000-05-02 Immersion Corporation Method and apparatus for providing force sensations in virtual environments in accordance with host software
US5392207A (en) * 1993-08-20 1995-02-21 Allen-Bradley Company, Inc. Programmable motion controller with graphical programming aid
US5566278A (en) * 1993-08-24 1996-10-15 Taligent, Inc. Object oriented printing system
US5377258A (en) 1993-08-30 1994-12-27 National Medical Research Council Method and apparatus for an automated and interactive behavioral guidance system
US5413355A (en) * 1993-12-17 1995-05-09 Gonzalez; Carlos Electronic educational game with responsive animation
US5566346A (en) * 1993-12-21 1996-10-15 Taligent, Inc. System for constructing hardware device interface software systems independent of operating systems including capability of installing and removing interrupt handlers
EP0661885A1 (en) 1993-12-28 1995-07-05 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Image processing method and apparatus for converting between data coded in different formats
US6206829B1 (en) 1996-07-12 2001-03-27 First Opinion Corporation Computerized medical diagnostic and treatment advice system including network access
US6022315A (en) 1993-12-29 2000-02-08 First Opinion Corporation Computerized medical diagnostic and treatment advice system including network access
US5511147A (en) * 1994-01-12 1996-04-23 Uti Corporation Graphical interface for robot
JPH09507730A (en) 1994-01-14 1997-08-05 ヒューストン・アドバンスト・リサーチ・センター Boundary spline wavelet compression for video images
US5612869A (en) 1994-01-21 1997-03-18 Innovative Enterprises International Corporation Electronic health care compliance assistance
US5438529A (en) * 1994-01-26 1995-08-01 Immersion Human Interface Corporation Percussion input device for personal computer systems
CN1106622C (en) 1994-02-04 2003-04-23 咨询卡有限公司 Card creation system and method
US5485620A (en) * 1994-02-25 1996-01-16 Automation System And Products, Inc. Integrated control system for industrial automation applications
JPH07262025A (en) 1994-03-18 1995-10-13 Fujitsu Ltd Execution control system
WO1995026009A1 (en) 1994-03-21 1995-09-28 Ibv Technologies, Inc. Programmable voice instructed medication delivery and outcomes monitoring system
JP3823324B2 (en) 1994-03-23 2006-09-20 株式会社安川電機 Control device for work machine
GB2289186A (en) 1994-04-05 1995-11-08 Ibm Collaborative working method and system
US5754855A (en) 1994-04-21 1998-05-19 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for managing control flow of computer programs executing in a computer system
US5465215A (en) * 1994-07-07 1995-11-07 Cincinnati Milacron Inc. Numerical control method and apparatus
US5821920A (en) 1994-07-14 1998-10-13 Immersion Human Interface Corporation Control input device for interfacing an elongated flexible object with a computer system
US5623582A (en) 1994-07-14 1997-04-22 Immersion Human Interface Corporation Computer interface or control input device for laparoscopic surgical instrument and other elongated mechanical objects
US5733131A (en) 1994-07-29 1998-03-31 Seiko Communications Holding N.V. Education and entertainment device with dynamic configuration and operation
US5692195A (en) 1994-08-31 1997-11-25 International Business Machines Corporation Parent class shadowing
AU3412295A (en) 1994-09-01 1996-03-22 Gary L. Mcalpine A multi-port memory system including read and write buffer interfaces
US5881213A (en) 1994-10-05 1999-03-09 Microsoft Corporation Deferred printing
JP3325134B2 (en) 1994-10-21 2002-09-17 パイオニア株式会社 Video game system
WO1996015837A1 (en) 1994-11-21 1996-05-30 Compaq Computer Corporation Interactive play with a computer
US5831606A (en) 1994-12-13 1998-11-03 Microsoft Corporation Shell extensions for an operating system
US5724074A (en) 1995-02-06 1998-03-03 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for graphically programming mobile toys
US5553609A (en) 1995-02-09 1996-09-10 Visiting Nurse Service, Inc. Intelligent remote visual monitoring system for home health care service
US5680619A (en) 1995-04-03 1997-10-21 Mfactory, Inc. Hierarchical encapsulation of instantiated objects in a multimedia authoring system
US5802365A (en) 1995-05-05 1998-09-01 Apple Computer, Inc. Dynamic device matching using driver candidate lists
GB2300991B (en) 1995-05-15 1997-11-05 Andrew Macgregor Ritchie Serving signals to browsing clients
JP3091135B2 (en) 1995-05-26 2000-09-25 株式会社バンダイ Game equipment
US6859671B1 (en) 1995-05-30 2005-02-22 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Application programs for motion control devices including access limitations
US6542925B2 (en) 1995-05-30 2003-04-01 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Generation and distribution of motion commands over a distributed network
US7035697B1 (en) 1995-05-30 2006-04-25 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Access control systems and methods for motion control
CA2586401C (en) 1995-05-30 2010-07-13 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Motion control systems
US6571141B1 (en) 1995-05-30 2003-05-27 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Application programs for motion control devices including access limitations
US7024666B1 (en) 2002-01-28 2006-04-04 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Motion control systems and methods
US6941543B1 (en) 1995-05-30 2005-09-06 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Motion control system and method
US20100131081A1 (en) 1995-05-30 2010-05-27 Brown David W Systems and methods for motion control
US7137107B1 (en) 2003-04-29 2006-11-14 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Motion control systems and methods
US6480896B1 (en) 1999-10-27 2002-11-12 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Systems and methods for generating and communicating motion data through a distributed network
US6209037B1 (en) 1995-05-30 2001-03-27 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Motion control systems using communication map to facilitating communication with motion control hardware
US5691897A (en) 1995-05-30 1997-11-25 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Motion control systems
US20060206219A1 (en) 1995-05-30 2006-09-14 Brown David W Motion control systems and methods
US7139843B1 (en) 1995-05-30 2006-11-21 Roy-G-Biv Corporation System and methods for generating and communicating motion data through a distributed network
US20020156872A1 (en) 2001-01-04 2002-10-24 Brown David W. Systems and methods for transmitting motion control data
US5691898A (en) 1995-09-27 1997-11-25 Immersion Human Interface Corp. Safe and low cost computer peripherals with force feedback for consumer applications
US6166723A (en) 1995-11-17 2000-12-26 Immersion Corporation Mouse interface device providing force feedback
US5752976A (en) 1995-06-23 1998-05-19 Medtronic, Inc. World wide patient location and data telemetry system for implantable medical devices
TW273519B (en) 1995-09-12 1996-04-01 Konami Co Ltd Driving game machine
US5959613A (en) 1995-12-01 1999-09-28 Immersion Corporation Method and apparatus for shaping force signals for a force feedback device
US5801946A (en) 1995-10-19 1998-09-01 Kawasaki Motors Mfg. Co. Assembly prompting system
US5800268A (en) 1995-10-20 1998-09-01 Molnick; Melvin Method of participating in a live casino game from a remote location
US5636994A (en) 1995-11-09 1997-06-10 Tong; Vincent M. K. Interactive computer controlled doll
US6100874A (en) 1995-11-17 2000-08-08 Immersion Corporation Force feedback mouse interface
US5825308A (en) 1996-11-26 1998-10-20 Immersion Human Interface Corporation Force feedback interface having isotonic and isometric functionality
US5752880A (en) 1995-11-20 1998-05-19 Creator Ltd. Interactive doll
US7553234B2 (en) 1995-11-22 2009-06-30 Walker Digital, Llc Method and apparatus for outputting a result of a game via a container
US6061004A (en) 1995-11-26 2000-05-09 Immersion Corporation Providing force feedback using an interface device including an indexing function
US5956484A (en) 1995-12-13 1999-09-21 Immersion Corporation Method and apparatus for providing force feedback over a computer network
US6028593A (en) 1995-12-01 2000-02-22 Immersion Corporation Method and apparatus for providing simulated physical interactions within computer generated environments
US6169540B1 (en) 1995-12-01 2001-01-02 Immersion Corporation Method and apparatus for designing force sensations in force feedback applications
US6219032B1 (en) 1995-12-01 2001-04-17 Immersion Corporation Method for providing force feedback to a user of an interface device based on interactions of a controlled cursor with graphical elements in a graphical user interface
US6161126A (en) 1995-12-13 2000-12-12 Immersion Corporation Implementing force feedback over the World Wide Web and other computer networks
US6300936B1 (en) 1997-11-14 2001-10-09 Immersion Corporation Force feedback system including multi-tasking graphical host environment and interface device
US6078308A (en) 1995-12-13 2000-06-20 Immersion Corporation Graphical click surfaces for force feedback applications to provide user selection using cursor interaction with a trigger position within a boundary of a graphical object
JP3120963B2 (en) 1995-12-14 2000-12-25 株式会社日立製作所 Method for transferring messages and system for transferring messages
US6305011B1 (en) 1996-01-16 2001-10-16 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Tip technology and its application to sparcompiler pascal
US5646912A (en) 1996-01-25 1997-07-08 Cousin; Damon S. Medication compliance, co-ordination and dispensing system
US5805785A (en) 1996-02-27 1998-09-08 International Business Machines Corporation Method for monitoring and recovery of subsystems in a distributed/clustered system
US5746602A (en) 1996-02-27 1998-05-05 Kikinis; Dan PC peripheral interactive doll
US6553410B2 (en) 1996-02-27 2003-04-22 Inpro Licensing Sarl Tailoring data and transmission protocol for efficient interactive data transactions over wide-area networks
US5737523A (en) 1996-03-04 1998-04-07 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Methods and apparatus for providing dynamic network file system client authentication
US5764155A (en) 1996-04-03 1998-06-09 General Electric Company Dynamic data exchange server
US6572431B1 (en) 1996-04-05 2003-06-03 Shalong Maa Computer-controlled talking figure toy with animated features
US5846132A (en) 1996-04-10 1998-12-08 William W. Junkin Trust Interactive system allowing simulated or real time participation in a league
US5828575A (en) 1996-05-06 1998-10-27 Amadasoft America, Inc. Apparatus and method for managing and distributing design and manufacturing information throughout a sheet metal production facility
US5822207A (en) 1996-05-06 1998-10-13 Amadasoft America, Inc. Apparatus and method for integrating intelligent manufacturing system with expert sheet metal planning and bending system
US5666264A (en) 1996-05-13 1997-09-09 Nematron Corporation Industrial computer workstation
US6374255B1 (en) 1996-05-21 2002-04-16 Immersion Corporation Haptic authoring
US5805442A (en) 1996-05-30 1998-09-08 Control Technology Corporation Distributed interface architecture for programmable industrial control systems
US5921780A (en) 1996-06-28 1999-07-13 Myers; Nicole J. Racecar simulator and driver training system and method
JP3832517B2 (en) 1996-07-05 2006-10-11 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Robot controller and control method thereof
US6125385A (en) 1996-08-01 2000-09-26 Immersion Corporation Force feedback implementation in web pages
US5832189A (en) 1996-09-26 1998-11-03 Interval Research Corporation Affect-based robot communication methods and systems
US5890963A (en) 1996-09-30 1999-04-06 Yen; Wei System and method for maintaining continuous and progressive game play in a computer network
US5920476A (en) 1996-11-21 1999-07-06 Hennessey; John M. Computer controlled movement of stage effects and stage installation employing same
US6128006A (en) 1998-03-26 2000-10-03 Immersion Corporation Force feedback mouse wheel and other control wheels
US6139177A (en) 1996-12-03 2000-10-31 Hewlett Packard Company Device access and control using embedded web access functionality
US6523119B2 (en) 1996-12-04 2003-02-18 Rainbow Technologies, Inc. Software protection device and method
US5848415A (en) 1996-12-18 1998-12-08 Unisys Corporation Selective multiple protocol transport and dynamic format conversion in a multi-user network
US6080063A (en) 1997-01-06 2000-06-27 Khosla; Vinod Simulated real time game play with live event
US5873765A (en) 1997-01-07 1999-02-23 Mattel, Inc. Toy having data downloading station
US5977951A (en) 1997-02-04 1999-11-02 Microsoft Corporation System and method for substituting an animated character when a remote control physical character is unavailable
US5942869A (en) 1997-02-13 1999-08-24 Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Mobile robot control device
US6192354B1 (en) 1997-03-21 2001-02-20 International Business Machines Corporation Apparatus and method for optimizing the performance of computer tasks using multiple intelligent agents having varied degrees of domain knowledge
US6038603A (en) 1997-03-25 2000-03-14 Oracle Corporation Processing customized uniform resource locators
US5960085A (en) 1997-04-14 1999-09-28 De La Huerga; Carlos Security badge for automated access control and secure data gathering
US5907831A (en) 1997-04-04 1999-05-25 Lotvin; Mikhail Computer apparatus and methods supporting different categories of users
CA2225060A1 (en) 1997-04-09 1998-10-09 Peter Suilun Fong Interactive talking dolls
US6020876A (en) 1997-04-14 2000-02-01 Immersion Corporation Force feedback interface with selective disturbance filter
US6292170B1 (en) 1997-04-25 2001-09-18 Immersion Corporation Designing compound force sensations for computer applications
US6285351B1 (en) 1997-04-25 2001-09-04 Immersion Corporation Designing force sensations for computer applications including sounds
US6233545B1 (en) 1997-05-01 2001-05-15 William E. Datig Universal machine translator of arbitrary languages utilizing epistemic moments
US6065365A (en) 1997-05-08 2000-05-23 Case Corporation Control lever assembly
US6012961A (en) 1997-05-14 2000-01-11 Design Lab, Llc Electronic toy including a reprogrammable data storage device
CA2205797C (en) 1997-05-22 2001-04-24 Andrew Wilfred Macleod A system for local context spilling for graph colouring register allocators
KR100316632B1 (en) 1997-06-25 2001-12-20 윤종용 Programming tool for home networks
US6088690A (en) 1997-06-27 2000-07-11 Microsoft Method and apparatus for adaptively solving sequential problems in a target system utilizing evolutionary computation techniques
JP3167963B2 (en) 1997-07-07 2001-05-21 コナミ株式会社 Manual operation device and game device
US6317871B1 (en) 1997-07-18 2001-11-13 Compaq Computer Corporation System for ensuring the accuracy of file structures in a source-to-source computer program translator
US6425118B1 (en) 1997-07-18 2002-07-23 Compaq Computer Corporation System for automatically generating tests to ensure binary compatibility between software components produced by a source-to-source computer language translator
JP3352611B2 (en) 1997-07-24 2002-12-03 株式会社日立製作所 Switching router
CA2211515C (en) 1997-07-25 2001-12-11 Kevin Alexander Stoodley System and method of local data alignment for stack memory
GB2327786B (en) 1997-07-31 2002-04-03 Ibm Method and apparatus for strategic compilation of source programs into two or more target languages
US6463404B1 (en) 1997-08-08 2002-10-08 British Telecommunications Public Limited Company Translation
US6292174B1 (en) 1997-08-23 2001-09-18 Immersion Corporation Enhanced cursor control using limited-workspace force feedback devices
US6252579B1 (en) 1997-08-23 2001-06-26 Immersion Corporation Interface device and method for providing enhanced cursor control with force feedback
IL121642A0 (en) 1997-08-27 1998-02-08 Creator Ltd Interactive talking toy
US5924013A (en) 1997-09-03 1999-07-13 Guido; Mary M. Method and apparatus for transmitting motion picture cinematic information for viewing in movie theaters and ordering method therefor
US5984499A (en) 1997-09-12 1999-11-16 Manufacturing Data Systems, Inc. Method and apparatus for a numerical control system for processing multiple job streams
US6078968A (en) 1997-10-03 2000-06-20 Vicom Systems, Inc. Platform-independent communications protocol supporting communications between a processor and subsystem controller based on identifying information
US20010032278A1 (en) 1997-10-07 2001-10-18 Brown Stephen J. Remote generation and distribution of command programs for programmable devices
KR100250977B1 (en) 1997-10-16 2000-04-15 이계철 High speed packet switch controller using neural chip and exchanger using the controller
US5991528A (en) 1997-11-05 1999-11-23 Reliance Electric Industrial Company Expert manufacturing system
US6243078B1 (en) 1998-06-23 2001-06-05 Immersion Corporation Pointing device with forced feedback button
US6252583B1 (en) 1997-11-14 2001-06-26 Immersion Corporation Memory and force output management for a force feedback system
GB2319100B (en) 1997-11-15 1998-09-16 Ibm Hardware simulator for a transaction processing system
US6055579A (en) 1997-11-17 2000-04-25 Silicon Graphics, Inc. Distributed control and synchronization of multiple data processors using flexible command queues
US6144895A (en) 1997-11-26 2000-11-07 Allen-Bradley Company, Llc System and method for networking a computer numerical control with a workstation
US6101425A (en) 1997-11-26 2000-08-08 Allen-Bradley Company, Llc Multiple connection networked man-machine interfaces for computer numerical controls
JP3437426B2 (en) 1997-11-28 2003-08-18 パイオニア株式会社 Information recording medium, information reproducing apparatus and information reproducing method
US6470377B1 (en) 1997-12-19 2002-10-22 Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. Networked file operations for computer numerical controls
US6133867A (en) 1998-01-02 2000-10-17 Eberwine; David Brent Integrated air traffic management and collision avoidance system
US6078747A (en) 1998-01-05 2000-06-20 Jewitt; James W. Application program interface to physical devices
US6083104A (en) 1998-01-16 2000-07-04 Silverlit Toys (U.S.A.), Inc. Programmable toy with an independent game cartridge
US6292712B1 (en) 1998-01-29 2001-09-18 Northrop Grumman Corporation Computer interface system for a robotic system
US6216173B1 (en) 1998-02-03 2001-04-10 Redbox Technologies Limited Method and apparatus for content processing and routing
US6304091B1 (en) 1998-02-10 2001-10-16 Immersion Corporation Absolute position sensing by phase shift detection using a variable capacitor
US6247994B1 (en) 1998-02-11 2001-06-19 Rokenbok Toy Company System and method for communicating with and controlling toy accessories
US6208640B1 (en) 1998-02-27 2001-03-27 David Spell Predictive bandwidth allocation method and apparatus
US6560592B1 (en) 1998-03-19 2003-05-06 Micro Data Base Systems, Inc. Multi-model computer database storage system with integrated rule engine
US6173316B1 (en) 1998-04-08 2001-01-09 Geoworks Corporation Wireless communication device with markup language based man-machine interface
US6678713B1 (en) 1998-04-29 2004-01-13 Xerox Corporation Machine control using a schedulerlock construct
US6201996B1 (en) 1998-05-29 2001-03-13 Control Technology Corporationa Object-oriented programmable industrial controller with distributed interface architecture
ATE418451T1 (en) 1998-06-18 2009-01-15 Kline & Walker L L C AUTOMATIC DEVICE FOR MONITORING DISTANCE-OPERATED EQUIPMENT AND MACHINES APPLICABLE WORLDWIDE
JP4328997B2 (en) 1998-06-23 2009-09-09 ソニー株式会社 Robot device
US6615091B1 (en) 1998-06-26 2003-09-02 Eveready Battery Company, Inc. Control system and method therefor
JP4257553B2 (en) 1998-07-07 2009-04-22 株式会社安川電機 Motion controller program creation and execution method
US6519646B1 (en) 1998-09-01 2003-02-11 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Method and apparatus for encoding content characteristics
US6242880B1 (en) 1998-09-08 2001-06-05 Cimplus, Inc. Tolerance based motion control system
US6147647A (en) 1998-09-09 2000-11-14 Qualcomm Incorporated Circularly polarized dielectric resonator antenna
US6559860B1 (en) 1998-09-29 2003-05-06 Rockwell Software Inc. Method and apparatus for joining and manipulating graphical objects in a graphical user interface
US6366293B1 (en) 1998-09-29 2002-04-02 Rockwell Software Inc. Method and apparatus for manipulating and displaying graphical objects in a computer display device
US6473824B1 (en) 1998-10-14 2002-10-29 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamic association of input/output device with application programs
US6216083B1 (en) 1998-10-22 2001-04-10 Yamaha Motor Co., Ltd. System for intelligent control of an engine based on soft computing
US6519594B1 (en) 1998-11-14 2003-02-11 Sony Electronics, Inc. Computer-implemented sharing of java classes for increased memory efficiency and communication method
JP3788697B2 (en) 1998-11-18 2006-06-21 富士通株式会社 Message control unit
US6345212B1 (en) 1998-11-20 2002-02-05 Manufacturing Data Systems, Inc. Automatic variable linkage mechanism for integrating third party software components
KR100279717B1 (en) 1998-12-10 2001-02-01 윤종용 Remote Control of External Device in Wireless Terminal System Using Short Message Service
JP3980205B2 (en) 1998-12-17 2007-09-26 コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 Work robot
US6782374B2 (en) 1998-12-22 2004-08-24 Accenture Global Services Gmbh System, method and article of manufacturing for a runtime program analysis tool for a simulation engine
US6535861B1 (en) 1998-12-22 2003-03-18 Accenture Properties (2) B.V. Goal based educational system with support for dynamic characteristics tuning using a spread sheet object
US6665688B1 (en) 1998-12-23 2003-12-16 Cray Inc. Method and system for automatically regenerating data on-demand
US6523171B1 (en) 1998-12-29 2003-02-18 International Business Machines Corporation Enhanced source code translator from procedural programming language (PPL) to an object oriented programming language (OOPL)
JP3424631B2 (en) 1999-01-13 2003-07-07 ソニー株式会社 Robot apparatus and software updating method
US6546436B1 (en) 1999-03-30 2003-04-08 Moshe Fainmesser System and interface for controlling programmable toys
US6944584B1 (en) 1999-04-16 2005-09-13 Brooks Automation, Inc. System and method for control and simulation
US6850806B2 (en) 1999-04-16 2005-02-01 Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. Method and apparatus for determining calibration options in a motion control system
JP2000311008A (en) 1999-04-28 2000-11-07 Yaskawa Electric Corp Programming method for motion controller
US6374195B1 (en) 1999-06-29 2002-04-16 Daimlerchrysler Corporation System for monitoring and tracking tool and tool performance
US6290565B1 (en) 1999-07-21 2001-09-18 Nearlife, Inc. Interactive game apparatus with game play controlled by user-modifiable toy
GB2352933A (en) 1999-07-31 2001-02-07 Ibm Speech encoding in a client server system
EP1091273B1 (en) 1999-08-31 2005-10-05 Swisscom AG Mobile robot and method for controlling a mobile robot
US6606665B2 (en) 1999-09-27 2003-08-12 Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. Multiple connection architecture for communication with a computer numerical control resident in a workstation and other networked computer numerical controls
US6401005B1 (en) 1999-09-27 2002-06-04 Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. Programmable synchronous and asynchronous block execution for a computer numerical control
US6704717B1 (en) 1999-09-29 2004-03-09 Ncr Corporation Analytic algorithm for enhanced back-propagation neural network processing
US6778949B2 (en) 1999-10-18 2004-08-17 Sony Corporation Method and system to analyze, transfer and generate language expressions using compiled instructions to manipulate linguistic structures
US6879862B2 (en) 2000-02-28 2005-04-12 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Selection and control of motion data
US6885898B1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-04-26 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Event driven motion systems
US8032605B2 (en) 1999-10-27 2011-10-04 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Generation and distribution of motion commands over a distributed network
US20100131078A1 (en) 1999-10-27 2010-05-27 Brown David W Event driven motion systems
US6560513B2 (en) 1999-11-19 2003-05-06 Fanuc Robotics North America Robotic system with teach pendant
US6518980B1 (en) 1999-11-19 2003-02-11 Fanuc Robotics North America, Inc. Method and system for allowing a programmable controller to communicate with a remote computer
US7103348B1 (en) 1999-11-24 2006-09-05 Telemessage Ltd. Mobile station (MS) message selection identification system
DE19959330A1 (en) 1999-12-09 2001-06-13 Kuka Roboter Gmbh Method and device for controlling a robot
US6662361B1 (en) 2000-01-14 2003-12-09 International Business Machines Corporation Method, system, program, and data structures for transforming an instruction in a first bit architecture to an instruction in a second bit architecture
US7065538B2 (en) 2000-02-11 2006-06-20 Quest Software, Inc. System and method for reconciling transactions between a replication system and a recovered database
US20020045956A1 (en) * 2000-02-18 2002-04-18 Kapitan Brian A. Network distributed motion control system
GB0006292D0 (en) 2000-03-15 2000-05-03 Pathfinder Tech Resources Ltd Telephone call dialling
US20010037492A1 (en) 2000-03-16 2001-11-01 Holzmann Gerard J. Method and apparatus for automatically extracting verification models
JP2001282786A (en) 2000-03-27 2001-10-12 Internatl Business Mach Corp <Ibm> System and method for machine translation and storage medium with program for executing the same method stored thereon
JP3333773B2 (en) 2000-04-14 2002-10-15 コナミ株式会社 GAME DEVICE, GAME DEVICE CONTROL METHOD, AND INFORMATION STORAGE MEDIUM
US6292714B1 (en) 2000-05-12 2001-09-18 Fujitsu Limited Robot cooperation device, and robot cooperation program storage medium
JP2001322079A (en) 2000-05-15 2001-11-20 Sony Corp Leg type mobile robot and its action teaching method
US8302072B2 (en) 2000-06-05 2012-10-30 National Instruments Corporation System and method for programmatically generating a graphical program based on a sequence of motion control, machine vision, and data acquisition (DAQ) operations
JP2001353678A (en) 2000-06-12 2001-12-25 Sony Corp Authoring system and method and storage medium
US7000191B2 (en) 2000-08-07 2006-02-14 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Flowchart programming for industrial controllers, in particular motion controllers
US7216179B2 (en) 2000-08-16 2007-05-08 Semandex Networks Inc. High-performance addressing and routing of data packets with semantically descriptive labels in a computer network
WO2002023389A1 (en) 2000-09-15 2002-03-21 Robert Fish Systems and methods for translating an item of information using a distal computer
US7366769B2 (en) 2000-10-02 2008-04-29 Schlumberger Technology Corporation System, method and computer program product for a universal communication connector
JP2002127059A (en) 2000-10-20 2002-05-08 Sony Corp Action control device and method, pet robot and control method, robot control system and recording medium
KR20020032786A (en) 2000-10-27 2002-05-04 이채홍 Method and system for servicing of an on-line data recovery
US6439956B1 (en) 2000-11-13 2002-08-27 Interact Accessories, Inc. RC car device
US20020177453A1 (en) 2000-11-15 2002-11-28 Ming-Feng Chen Mobile device server
US20020086706A1 (en) 2000-11-15 2002-07-04 Ming-Feng Chen Mobile device server
US6668043B2 (en) 2000-11-16 2003-12-23 Motorola, Inc. Systems and methods for transmitting and receiving text data via a communication device
DE10058524A1 (en) 2000-11-24 2002-06-13 Siemens Ag System and method for the parallel transmission of real-time-critical and non-real-time-critical data via switchable data networks, in particular Ethernet
KR100362611B1 (en) 2000-12-13 2002-11-29 삼성전자 주식회사 Robot and Motor Speed Control Method Thereof
US6442451B1 (en) 2000-12-28 2002-08-27 Robotic Workspace Technologies, Inc. Versatile robot control system
US6658325B2 (en) 2001-01-16 2003-12-02 Stephen Eliot Zweig Mobile robotic with web server and digital radio links
JP3594016B2 (en) 2001-01-30 2004-11-24 日本電気株式会社 Robot program execution method, robot system and program processing device
US7137891B2 (en) 2001-01-31 2006-11-21 Sony Computer Entertainment America Inc. Game playing system with assignable attack icons
US7031798B2 (en) 2001-02-09 2006-04-18 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Event management systems and methods for the distribution of motion control commands
US7904194B2 (en) 2001-02-09 2011-03-08 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Event management systems and methods for motion control systems
US6491566B2 (en) 2001-03-26 2002-12-10 Intel Corporation Sets of toy robots adapted to act in concert, software and methods of playing with the same
US6907029B2 (en) 2001-03-29 2005-06-14 Tord Brabrand Remote control system
US6990180B2 (en) 2001-04-05 2006-01-24 Nokia Mobile Phones Limited Short voice message (SVM) service method, apparatus and system
US6865499B2 (en) 2001-04-26 2005-03-08 Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. Method and apparatus for tuning compensation parameters in a motion control system associated with a mechanical member
US6859747B2 (en) 2001-04-26 2005-02-22 Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. Method and apparatus for self-calibrating a motion control system
US20020165708A1 (en) 2001-05-03 2002-11-07 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for translating human language text
US6904057B2 (en) 2001-05-04 2005-06-07 Slt Logic Llc Method and apparatus for providing multi-protocol, multi-stage, real-time frame classification
US7734459B2 (en) 2001-06-01 2010-06-08 Microsoft Corporation Automatic extraction of transfer mappings from bilingual corpora
US6652378B2 (en) 2001-06-01 2003-11-25 Igt Gaming machines and systems offering simultaneous play of multiple games and methods of gaming
US6845276B2 (en) 2001-06-29 2005-01-18 Electro Scientific Industries Multiple axis modular controller and method of operating same
US6922826B2 (en) 2001-07-03 2005-07-26 International Business Machines Corporation Debugger impact reduction through breakpoint motion
US7149691B2 (en) 2001-07-27 2006-12-12 Siemens Corporate Research, Inc. System and method for remotely experiencing a virtual environment
US7165005B2 (en) * 2001-08-14 2007-01-16 National Instruments Corporation Measurement module interface protocol database and registration system
JP3975703B2 (en) 2001-08-16 2007-09-12 日本電気株式会社 Preferential execution control method, apparatus and program for information processing system
US20030069998A1 (en) 2001-08-31 2003-04-10 Brown David W. Motion services protocol accessible through uniform resource locator (URL)
US6965816B2 (en) 2001-10-01 2005-11-15 Kline & Walker, Llc PFN/TRAC system FAA upgrades for accountable remote and robotics control to stop the unauthorized use of aircraft and to improve equipment management and public safety in transportation
US7210145B2 (en) 2001-10-15 2007-04-24 Edss, Inc. Technology for integrated computation and communication; TICC
JP2003205483A (en) 2001-11-07 2003-07-22 Sony Corp Robot system and control method for robot device
AU2002357040A1 (en) 2001-11-28 2003-06-10 Evolution Robotics, Inc. Sensor and actuator abstraction and aggregation in a hardware abstraction layer for a robot
US6684157B2 (en) * 2001-12-06 2004-01-27 Yazaki North America, Inc. Method and system for interfacing a global positioning system, other navigational equipment and wireless networks with a digital data network
US7076332B2 (en) * 2002-01-18 2006-07-11 National Instruments Corporation System and method for invoking execution of a sequence of operations that includes motion control, machine vision, and data acquisition (DAQ) functionality
US7301738B2 (en) 2002-02-25 2007-11-27 General Electric Company Method and apparatus for minimally invasive network monitoring
US20030220781A1 (en) * 2002-02-25 2003-11-27 Oak Technology, Inc. Communication architecture utilizing emulator interface
CN1476963A (en) 2002-06-17 2004-02-25 ������������ʽ���� Distributed control system and method
US6925357B2 (en) 2002-07-25 2005-08-02 Intouch Health, Inc. Medical tele-robotic system
US7089313B2 (en) 2002-07-25 2006-08-08 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Protocol independent communication system for mobile devices
JP3801545B2 (en) 2002-08-02 2006-07-26 松下電器産業株式会社 COMPILER PROGRAM, COMPILER DEVICE, AND COMPILING METHOD
EP1388769A1 (en) 2002-08-05 2004-02-11 Peter Renner System for automation, surveillance, control, detection of measured values for technical processes
KR20040042242A (en) 2002-11-13 2004-05-20 삼성전자주식회사 home robot using home server and home network system having the robot
KR100542340B1 (en) 2002-11-18 2006-01-11 삼성전자주식회사 home network system and method for controlling home network system
US20060146820A1 (en) 2002-11-26 2006-07-06 Robert Friedman Geo-intelligent traffic manager
US20050132104A1 (en) 2003-11-17 2005-06-16 Brown David W. Command processing systems and methods
US20070022194A1 (en) 2003-09-25 2007-01-25 Brown David W Database event driven motion systems
US20060064503A1 (en) 2003-09-25 2006-03-23 Brown David W Data routing systems and methods
US8027349B2 (en) 2003-09-25 2011-09-27 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Database event driven motion systems
US7949616B2 (en) 2004-06-01 2011-05-24 George Samuel Levy Telepresence by human-assisted remote controlled devices and robots
US7395082B2 (en) 2004-06-23 2008-07-01 Broadcom Corporation Method and system for handling events in an application framework for a wireless device
US7617501B2 (en) 2004-07-09 2009-11-10 Quest Software, Inc. Apparatus, system, and method for managing policies on a computer having a foreign operating system
WO2006071062A1 (en) 2004-12-30 2006-07-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. A terminal data format and a communication control system and method using the terminal data format
US8819103B2 (en) 2005-04-08 2014-08-26 Palo Alto Research Center, Incorporated Communication in a distributed system
US7882394B2 (en) 2005-07-11 2011-02-01 Brooks Automation, Inc. Intelligent condition-monitoring and fault diagnostic system for predictive maintenance

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5453933A (en) * 1993-09-08 1995-09-26 Hurco Companies, Inc. CNC control system
US20030023348A1 (en) * 1999-01-20 2003-01-30 Sony Corporation Robot apparatus and motion control method
US20030045947A1 (en) * 2001-08-30 2003-03-06 The Boeing Company System, method and computer program product for controlling the operation of motion devices by directly implementing electronic simulation information
US8155781B2 (en) * 2001-12-28 2012-04-10 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Automation system and method for movement control of at least one moveable machine element

Cited By (67)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110071652A1 (en) * 2001-02-09 2011-03-24 Roy-G-Biv Corporation Event Management Systems and Methods for Motion Control Systems
US9841758B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2017-12-12 Sphero, Inc. Orienting a user interface of a controller for operating a self-propelled device
US9389612B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2016-07-12 Sphero, Inc. Self-propelled device implementing three-dimensional control
US8751063B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2014-06-10 Orbotix, Inc. Orienting a user interface of a controller for operating a self-propelled device
US11630457B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2023-04-18 Sphero, Inc. Multi-purposed self-propelled device
US9090214B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2015-07-28 Orbotix, Inc. Magnetically coupled accessory for a self-propelled device
US9114838B2 (en) * 2011-01-05 2015-08-25 Sphero, Inc. Self-propelled device for interpreting input from a controller device
US9150263B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2015-10-06 Sphero, Inc. Self-propelled device implementing three-dimensional control
US9193404B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2015-11-24 Sphero, Inc. Self-propelled device with actively engaged drive system
US9211920B1 (en) 2011-01-05 2015-12-15 Sphero, Inc. Magnetically coupled accessory for a self-propelled device
US9218316B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2015-12-22 Sphero, Inc. Remotely controlling a self-propelled device in a virtualized environment
US11460837B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2022-10-04 Sphero, Inc. Self-propelled device with actively engaged drive system
US9290220B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2016-03-22 Sphero, Inc. Orienting a user interface of a controller for operating a self-propelled device
US10678235B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2020-06-09 Sphero, Inc. Self-propelled device with actively engaged drive system
US10423155B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2019-09-24 Sphero, Inc. Self propelled device with magnetic coupling
US9395725B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2016-07-19 Sphero, Inc. Self-propelled device implementing three-dimensional control
US9394016B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2016-07-19 Sphero, Inc. Self-propelled device for interpreting input from a controller device
US9429940B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2016-08-30 Sphero, Inc. Self propelled device with magnetic coupling
US9457730B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2016-10-04 Sphero, Inc. Self propelled device with magnetic coupling
US10281915B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2019-05-07 Sphero, Inc. Multi-purposed self-propelled device
US9481410B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2016-11-01 Sphero, Inc. Magnetically coupled accessory for a self-propelled device
US10248118B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2019-04-02 Sphero, Inc. Remotely controlling a self-propelled device in a virtualized environment
US10168701B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2019-01-01 Sphero, Inc. Multi-purposed self-propelled device
US10022643B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2018-07-17 Sphero, Inc. Magnetically coupled accessory for a self-propelled device
US10012985B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2018-07-03 Sphero, Inc. Self-propelled device for interpreting input from a controller device
US20120168241A1 (en) * 2011-01-05 2012-07-05 Bernstein Ian H Self-propelled device for interpreting input from a controller device
US9766620B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2017-09-19 Sphero, Inc. Self-propelled device with actively engaged drive system
US9886032B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2018-02-06 Sphero, Inc. Self propelled device with magnetic coupling
US9952590B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2018-04-24 Sphero, Inc. Self-propelled device implementing three-dimensional control
US9836046B2 (en) 2011-01-05 2017-12-05 Adam Wilson System and method for controlling a self-propelled device using a dynamically configurable instruction library
US11916401B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2024-02-27 May Patents Ltd. Device for displaying in response to a sensed motion
US11141629B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2021-10-12 May Patents Ltd. Device for displaying in response to a sensed motion
US9808678B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2017-11-07 May Patents Ltd. Device for displaying in respose to a sensed motion
US11631996B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2023-04-18 May Patents Ltd. Device for displaying in response to a sensed motion
US11605977B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2023-03-14 May Patents Ltd. Device for displaying in response to a sensed motion
US11192002B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2021-12-07 May Patents Ltd. Device for displaying in response to a sensed motion
US9878214B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2018-01-30 May Patents Ltd. System and method for a motion sensing device which provides a visual or audible indication
US10525312B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2020-01-07 May Patents Ltd. Device for displaying in response to a sensed motion
US9757624B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2017-09-12 May Patents Ltd. Motion sensing device which provides a visual indication with a wireless signal
US9630062B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2017-04-25 May Patents Ltd. System and method for a motion sensing device which provides a visual or audible indication
US9592428B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2017-03-14 May Patents Ltd. System and method for a motion sensing device which provides a visual or audible indication
US11689055B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2023-06-27 May Patents Ltd. System and method for a motion sensing device
US9555292B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2017-01-31 May Patents Ltd. System and method for a motion sensing device which provides a visual or audible indication
US11305160B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2022-04-19 May Patents Ltd. Device for displaying in response to a sensed motion
US9545542B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2017-01-17 May Patents Ltd. System and method for a motion sensing device which provides a visual or audible indication
US11298593B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2022-04-12 May Patents Ltd. Device for displaying in response to a sensed motion
US9868034B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2018-01-16 May Patents Ltd. System and method for a motion sensing device which provides a visual or audible indication
US9764201B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2017-09-19 May Patents Ltd. Motion sensing device with an accelerometer and a digital display
US9782637B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2017-10-10 May Patents Ltd. Motion sensing device which provides a signal in response to the sensed motion
US9878228B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2018-01-30 May Patents Ltd. System and method for a motion sensing device which provides a visual or audible indication
US10953290B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2021-03-23 May Patents Ltd. Device for displaying in response to a sensed motion
US10926140B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2021-02-23 May Patents Ltd. Device for displaying in response to a sensed motion
US11631994B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2023-04-18 May Patents Ltd. Device for displaying in response to a sensed motion
US11173353B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2021-11-16 May Patents Ltd. Device for displaying in response to a sensed motion
US11260273B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2022-03-01 May Patents Ltd. Device for displaying in response to a sensed motion
US20130217346A1 (en) * 2012-02-19 2013-08-22 Microsoft Corporation Sensing and communicating data from moving animals
US9292758B2 (en) 2012-05-14 2016-03-22 Sphero, Inc. Augmentation of elements in data content
US9483876B2 (en) 2012-05-14 2016-11-01 Sphero, Inc. Augmentation of elements in a data content
US10192310B2 (en) 2012-05-14 2019-01-29 Sphero, Inc. Operating a computing device by detecting rounded objects in an image
US9280717B2 (en) 2012-05-14 2016-03-08 Sphero, Inc. Operating a computing device by detecting rounded objects in an image
US9827487B2 (en) 2012-05-14 2017-11-28 Sphero, Inc. Interactive augmented reality using a self-propelled device
US10056791B2 (en) 2012-07-13 2018-08-21 Sphero, Inc. Self-optimizing power transfer
US10620622B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2020-04-14 Sphero, Inc. Self-propelled device with center of mass drive system
US11454963B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2022-09-27 Sphero, Inc. Self-propelled device with center of mass drive system
US9829882B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2017-11-28 Sphero, Inc. Self-propelled device with center of mass drive system
CN104516354A (en) * 2014-12-25 2015-04-15 中国人民解放军总参谋部第六十研究所 Intelligent return route control method for unmanned helicopter power line patrol
US11949241B2 (en) 2023-05-11 2024-04-02 May Patents Ltd. Device for displaying in response to a sensed motion

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US8027349B2 (en) 2011-09-27
US20100064026A1 (en) 2010-03-11
US9588510B2 (en) 2017-03-07
US20150112471A1 (en) 2015-04-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9588510B2 (en) Database event driven motion systems
US20070022194A1 (en) Database event driven motion systems
US8102869B2 (en) Data routing systems and methods
US20180018823A1 (en) Holographic Technology Implemented Security Solution
US7516244B2 (en) Systems and methods for providing server operations in a work machine
Lehman et al. Hitting the distributed computing sweet spot with TSpaces
Iñigo-Blasco et al. Robotics software frameworks for multi-agent robotic systems development
EP2245858B1 (en) Distributed multi-robot system
US20050132104A1 (en) Command processing systems and methods
EP1906348A1 (en) Distributed message engines and systems
US20060133412A1 (en) Integration of control and business applications using integration servers
KR20070011495A (en) Open control system architecture for mobile autonomous systems
CN112272234B (en) Platform management system and method for realizing edge cloud cooperation intelligent service
AU2008239477A1 (en) Robot operator control unit configuration system and method
US6167533A (en) Active dashboard extensible framework
CN113612820A (en) Cloud edge device platform control architecture and method based on Superedge and edgeXFioutry
Ermacora et al. A cloud robotics architecture for an emergency management and monitoring service in a smart city environment
US11658937B2 (en) Method and apparatus of control for robotic swarms
CN112541709A (en) Intelligent warehouse management and allocation system and management and allocation method thereof
Royo et al. Service abstraction layer for UAV flexible application development
US7627456B2 (en) Dynamically tasking one or more surveillance resources
Areias et al. A control and communications platform for procedural mission planning with multiple aerial drones
Zörrer et al. ROBxTASK RTE-a lightweight runtime environment to implement collaborative processes across different robotic systems
Remmersmann et al. Commanding multi-robot systems with robot operating system using battle management language
Andres et al. ROSoClingo: A ROS package for ASP-based robot control

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: ROY-G-BIV CORPORATION, WASHINGTON

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:BROWN, DAVID W.;CLARK, JAY S.;REEL/FRAME:027301/0460

Effective date: 20111117

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION